patch 8.2.4907: some users do not want a line comment always inserted

Problem:    Some users do not want a line comment always inserted.
Solution:   Add the '/' flag to 'formatoptions' to not repeat the comment
            leader after a statement when using "o".

.cirrus.yml

@@ -2,13 +2,20 @@ env:
   CIRRUS_CLONE_DEPTH: 3
   FEATURES: huge
 
-freebsd_12_task:
+freebsd_task:
+  name: FreeBSD
+  matrix:
+    - name: FreeBSD 13.1
+      freebsd_instance:
+        image_family: freebsd-13-1
+    - name: FreeBSD 12.3
+      freebsd_instance:
+        image_family: freebsd-12-3
   only_if: $CIRRUS_TAG == ''
   timeout_in: 20m
-  freebsd_instance:
-    image: freebsd-12-1-release-amd64
   install_script:
-    pkg install -y gettext
+    - pkg update -f
+    - pkg install -y gettext
   build_script:
     - NPROC=$(getconf _NPROCESSORS_ONLN)
     - ./configure --with-features=${FEATURES}

.codecov.yml

@@ -4,3 +4,9 @@ coverage:
     project:
       default:
         threshold: 0.05%
+
+# Files not run by tests
+ignore:
+  - "src/dosinst.c"
+  - "src/dosinst.h"
+  - "src/uninstall.c"

.github/workflows/ci.yml

@@ -21,6 +21,7 @@ jobs:
       TEST: test
       SRCDIR: ./src
       LEAK_CFLAGS: -DEXITFREE
+      CFLAGS: -Wno-error=deprecated-declarations
       LOG_DIR: ${{ github.workspace }}/logs
       TERM: xterm
       DISPLAY: ':99'
@@ -88,17 +89,25 @@ jobs:
           fi
           sudo apt update && sudo apt install -y "${PKGS[@]}"
 
-      - name: Install clang-13
+      - name: Install gcc-11
+        if:  matrix.compiler == 'gcc'
+        run: |
+          sudo add-apt-repository ppa:ubuntu-toolchain-r/test
+          sudo apt install -y gcc-11
+          sudo update-alternatives --install /usr/bin/gcc gcc /usr/bin/gcc-11 100
+          sudo update-alternatives --set gcc /usr/bin/gcc-11
+
+      - name: Install clang-14
         if: matrix.compiler == 'clang'
         run: |
           wget -O - https://apt.llvm.org/llvm-snapshot.gpg.key | sudo apt-key add -
           . /etc/lsb-release
-          sudo add-apt-repository -y "deb http://apt.llvm.org/${DISTRIB_CODENAME}/ llvm-toolchain-${DISTRIB_CODENAME}-13 main"
+          sudo add-apt-repository -y "deb http://apt.llvm.org/${DISTRIB_CODENAME}/ llvm-toolchain-${DISTRIB_CODENAME}-14 main"
-          sudo apt-get install -y clang-13 llvm-13
+          sudo apt install -y clang-14 llvm-14
-          sudo update-alternatives --install /usr/bin/clang clang /usr/bin/clang-13 100
+          sudo update-alternatives --install /usr/bin/clang clang /usr/bin/clang-14 100
-          sudo update-alternatives --set clang /usr/bin/clang-13
+          sudo update-alternatives --set clang /usr/bin/clang-14
-          sudo update-alternatives --install /usr/bin/llvm-cov llvm-cov /usr/bin/llvm-cov-13 100
+          sudo update-alternatives --install /usr/bin/llvm-cov llvm-cov /usr/bin/llvm-cov-14 100
-          sudo update-alternatives --install /usr/bin/asan_symbolize asan_symbolize /usr/bin/asan_symbolize-13 100
+          sudo update-alternatives --install /usr/bin/asan_symbolize asan_symbolize /usr/bin/asan_symbolize-14 100
 
       - name: Set up environment
         run: |
@@ -245,7 +254,7 @@ jobs:
 
       - name: Codecov
         if: matrix.coverage
-        uses: codecov/codecov-action@v2
+        uses: codecov/codecov-action@v3.1.0
         with:
           flags: linux,${{ matrix.features }}-${{ matrix.compiler }}-${{ matrix.extra }}
 
@@ -355,6 +364,8 @@ jobs:
       LUA32_URL: https://downloads.sourceforge.net/luabinaries/lua-%LUA_RELEASE%_Win32_dllw6_lib.zip
       LUA64_URL: https://downloads.sourceforge.net/luabinaries/lua-%LUA_RELEASE%_Win64_dllw6_lib.zip
       LUA_DIR: D:\Lua
+      # do not want \L to end up in pathdef.c and compiler complaining about unknown escape sequences \l
+      LUA_DIR_SLASH: D:/Lua
       # Python 2
       PYTHON_VER: 27
       PYTHON_VER_DOT: '2.7'
@@ -501,7 +512,7 @@ jobs:
             mingw32-make -f Make_ming.mak -j2 \
               FEATURES=${{ matrix.features }} \
               GUI=yes IME=yes ICONV=yes VIMDLL=yes \
-              DYNAMIC_LUA=yes LUA=${LUA_DIR} \
+              DYNAMIC_LUA=yes LUA=${LUA_DIR_SLASH} \
               DYNAMIC_PYTHON=yes PYTHON=${PYTHON_DIR} \
               DYNAMIC_PYTHON3=yes PYTHON3=${PYTHON3_DIR} \
               STATIC_STDCPLUS=yes COVERAGE=${{ matrix.coverage }}
@@ -591,14 +602,14 @@ jobs:
 
       - name: Codecov (gVim)
         if: matrix.coverage
-        uses: codecov/codecov-action@v2
+        uses: codecov/codecov-action@v3.1.0
         with:
           directory: src
           flags: windows,${{ matrix.toolchain }}-${{ matrix.arch }}-${{ matrix.features }}-gui
 
       - name: Codecov (Vim)
         if: matrix.coverage
-        uses: codecov/codecov-action@v2
+        uses: codecov/codecov-action@v3.1.0
         with:
           directory: src2
           flags: windows,${{ matrix.toolchain }}-${{ matrix.arch }}-${{ matrix.features }}

Filelist

@@ -446,10 +446,6 @@ SRC_UNIX =	\
 		src/create_cmdidxs.vim \
 		src/create_nvcmdidxs.c \
 		src/create_nvcmdidxs.vim \
-		src/gui_at_fs.c \
-		src/gui_at_sb.c \
-		src/gui_at_sb.h \
-		src/gui_athena.c \
 		src/gui_gtk.c \
 		src/gui_gtk_f.c \
 		src/gui_gtk_f.h \
@@ -474,7 +470,6 @@ SRC_UNIX =	\
 		src/osdef1.h.in \
 		src/osdef2.h.in \
 		src/pathdef.sh \
-		src/proto/gui_athena.pro \
 		src/proto/gui_gtk.pro \
 		src/proto/gui_gtk_x11.pro \
 		src/proto/gui_gtk_gresources.pro \
@@ -727,6 +722,7 @@ RT_ALL =	\
 		runtime/doc/xxd.1 \
 		runtime/ftoff.vim \
 		runtime/gvimrc_example.vim \
+		runtime/import/dist/vimhelp.vim \
 		runtime/macros/README.txt \
 		runtime/macros/editexisting.vim \
 		runtime/macros/hanoi/click.me \

nsis/gvim.nsi

@@ -403,6 +403,9 @@ Section "$(str_section_exe)" id_section_exe
 	SetOutPath $0\autoload\xml
 	File ${VIMRT}\autoload\xml\*.*
 
+	SetOutPath $0\import\dist
+	File ${VIMRT}\import\dist\*.*
+
 	SetOutPath $0\bitmaps
 	File ${VIMSRC}\vim.ico
 
@@ -1044,6 +1047,7 @@ Section "un.$(str_unsection_exe)" id_unsection_exe
 	RMDir /r $0\compiler
 	RMDir /r $0\doc
 	RMDir /r $0\ftplugin
+	RMDir /r $0\import
 	RMDir /r $0\indent
 	RMDir /r $0\macros
 	RMDir /r $0\pack

runtime/autoload/dist/ft.vim

@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ vim9script
 # Vim functions for file type detection
 #
 # Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-# Last Change:	2022 Mar 05
+# Last Change:	2022 Apr 13
 
 # These functions are moved here from runtime/filetype.vim to make startup
 # faster.
@@ -107,6 +107,25 @@ export def BindzoneCheck(default = '')
   endif
 enddef
 
+# Returns true if file content looks like RAPID
+def IsRapid(sChkExt: string = ""): bool
+  if sChkExt == "cfg"
+    return getline(1) =~? '\v^%(EIO|MMC|MOC|PROC|SIO|SYS):CFG'
+  endif
+  # called from FTmod, FTprg or FTsys
+  return getline(nextnonblank(1)) =~? '\v^\s*%(\%{3}|module\s+\k+\s*%(\(|$))'
+enddef
+
+export def FTcfg()
+  if exists("g:filetype_cfg")
+    exe "setf " .. g:filetype_cfg
+  elseif IsRapid("cfg")
+    setf rapid
+  else
+    setf cfg
+  endif
+enddef
+
 export def FTlpc()
   if exists("g:lpc_syntax_for_c")
     var lnum = 1
@@ -168,7 +187,7 @@ enddef
 
 export def FTent()
   # This function checks for valid cl syntax in the first five lines.
-  # Look for either an opening comment, '#', or a block start, '{".
+  # Look for either an opening comment, '#', or a block start, '{'.
   # If not found, assume SGML.
   var lnum = 1
   while lnum < 6
@@ -410,6 +429,36 @@ export def FTmm()
   setf nroff
 enddef
 
+# Returns true if file content looks like LambdaProlog
+def IsLProlog(): bool
+  # skip apparent comments and blank lines, what looks like 
+  # LambdaProlog comment may be RAPID header
+  var l: number = nextnonblank(1)
+  while l > 0 && l < line('$') && getline(l) =~ '^\s*%' # LambdaProlog comment
+    l = nextnonblank(l + 1)
+  endwhile
+  # this pattern must not catch a go.mod file
+  return getline(l) =~ '\<module\s\+\w\+\s*\.\s*\(%\|$\)'
+enddef
+
+# Determine if *.mod is ABB RAPID, LambdaProlog, Modula-2, Modsim III or go.mod
+export def FTmod()
+  if exists("g:filetype_mod")
+    exe "setf " .. g:filetype_mod
+  elseif IsLProlog()
+    setf lprolog
+  elseif getline(nextnonblank(1)) =~ '\%(\<MODULE\s\+\w\+\s*;\|^\s*(\*\)'
+    setf modula2
+  elseif IsRapid()
+    setf rapid
+  elseif expand("<afile>") =~ '\<go.mod$'
+    setf gomod
+  else
+    # Nothing recognized, assume modsim3
+    setf modsim3
+  endif
+enddef
+
 export def FTpl()
   if exists("g:filetype_pl")
     exe "setf " .. g:filetype_pl
@@ -526,6 +575,18 @@ export def FTpp()
   endif
 enddef
 
+# Determine if *.prg is ABB RAPID. Can also be Clipper, FoxPro or eviews
+export def FTprg()
+  if exists("g:filetype_prg")
+    exe "setf " .. g:filetype_prg
+  elseif IsRapid()
+    setf rapid
+  else
+    # Nothing recognized, assume Clipper
+    setf clipper
+  endif
+enddef
+
 export def FTr()
   var max = line("$") > 50 ? 50 : line("$")
 
@@ -572,7 +633,7 @@ export def McSetf()
       return
     endif
   endfor
-  setf m4  " Default: Sendmail .mc file
+  setf m4  # Default: Sendmail .mc file
 enddef
 
 # Called from filetype.vim and scripts.vim.
@@ -708,6 +769,28 @@ export def SQL()
   endif
 enddef
 
+# This function checks the first 25 lines of file extension "sc" to resolve
+# detection between scala and SuperCollider
+export def FTsc()
+  for lnum in range(1, min([line("$"), 25]))
+    if getline(lnum) =~# '[A-Za-z0-9]*\s:\s[A-Za-z0-9]\|var\s<\|classvar\s<\|\^this.*\||\w*|\|+\s\w*\s{\|\*ar\s'
+      setf supercollider
+      return
+    endif
+  endfor
+  setf scala
+enddef
+
+# This function checks the first line of file extension "scd" to resolve
+# detection between scdoc and SuperCollider
+export def FTscd()
+  if getline(1) =~# '\%^\S\+(\d[0-9A-Za-z]*)\%(\s\+\"[^"]*\"\%(\s\+\"[^"]*\"\)\=\)\=$'
+    setf scdoc
+  else
+    setf supercollider
+  endif
+enddef
+
 # If the file has an extension of 't' and is in a directory 't' or 'xt' then
 # it is almost certainly a Perl test file.
 # If the first line starts with '#' and contains 'perl' it's probably a Perl
@@ -735,6 +818,16 @@ export def FTperl(): number
   return 0
 enddef
 
+export def FTsys()
+  if exists("g:filetype_sys")
+    exe "setf " .. g:filetype_sys
+  elseif IsRapid()
+    setf rapid
+  else
+    setf bat
+  endif
+enddef
+
 # Choose context, plaintex, or tex (LaTeX) based on these rules:
 # 1. Check the first line of the file for "%&<format>".
 # 2. Check the first 1000 non-comment lines for LaTeX or ConTeXt keywords.
@@ -896,6 +989,26 @@ export def FTtf()
   setf tf
 enddef
 
+var ft_krl_header = '\&\w+'
+# Determine if a *.src file is Kuka Robot Language
+export def FTsrc()
+  var ft_krl_def_or_deffct = '%(global\s+)?def%(fct)?>'
+  if exists("g:filetype_src")
+    exe "setf " .. g:filetype_src
+  elseif getline(nextnonblank(1)) =~? '\v^\s*%(' .. ft_krl_header .. '|' .. ft_krl_def_or_deffct .. ')'
+    setf krl
+  endif
+enddef
+
+# Determine if a *.dat file is Kuka Robot Language
+export def FTdat()
+  var ft_krl_defdat = 'defdat>'
+  if exists("g:filetype_dat")
+    exe "setf " .. g:filetype_dat
+  elseif getline(nextnonblank(1)) =~? '\v^\s*%(' .. ft_krl_header .. '|' .. ft_krl_defdat .. ')'
+    setf krl
+  endif
+enddef
 
 # Uncomment this line to check for compilation errors early
 # defcompile

runtime/doc/autocmd.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*autocmd.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Mar 27
+*autocmd.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Apr 17
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -95,6 +95,7 @@ Or use `:execute`: >
 	:augroup mine | exe "au! BufRead *" | augroup END
 	:augroup mine | exe "au BufRead * set tw=70" | augroup END
 
+<							*autocmd-expand*
 Note that special characters (e.g., "%", "<cword>") in the ":autocmd"
 arguments are not expanded when the autocommand is defined.  These will be
 expanded when the Event is recognized, and the {cmd} is executed.  The only
@@ -402,6 +403,8 @@ Name			triggered by ~
 |User|			to be used in combination with ":doautocmd"
 |SigUSR1|		after the SIGUSR1 signal has been detected
 
+|WinScrolled|		after scrolling or resizing a window
+
 
 The alphabetical list of autocommand events:		*autocmd-events-abc*
 
@@ -471,13 +474,15 @@ BufRead or BufReadPost		When starting to edit a new buffer, after
 				executing the modelines.  See |BufWinEnter|
 				for when you need to do something after
 				processing the modelines.
-				This does NOT work for ":r file".  Not used
+				Also triggered:
-				when the file doesn't exist.  Also used after
+				- when writing an unnamed buffer in a way that
-				successfully recovering a file.
+				  the buffer gets a name
-				Also triggered for the filetypedetect group
+				- after successfully recovering a file
-				when executing ":filetype detect" and when
+				- for the filetypedetect group when executing
-				writing an unnamed buffer in a way that the
+				  ":filetype detect"
-				buffer gets a name.
+				Not triggered:
+				- for the `:read file` command
+				- when the file doesn't exist
 							*BufReadCmd*
 BufReadCmd			Before starting to edit a new buffer.  Should
 				read the file into the buffer. |Cmd-event|
@@ -705,9 +710,38 @@ CursorMoved			After the cursor was moved in Normal or Visual
 CursorMovedI			After the cursor was moved in Insert mode.
 				Not triggered when the popup menu is visible.
 				Otherwise the same as CursorMoved.
+							*DiffUpdated*
+DiffUpdated			After diffs have been updated.  Depending on
+				what kind of diff is being used (internal or
+				external) this can be triggered on every
+				change or when doing |:diffupdate|.
+							*DirChangedPre*
+DirChangedPre			The working directory is going to be changed,
+				as with |DirChanged|.  The pattern is like
+				with |DirChanged|.  The new directory can be
+				found in v:event.directory.
+							*DirChanged*
+DirChanged			The working directory has changed in response
+				to the |:cd| or |:tcd| or |:lcd| commands, or
+				as a result of the 'autochdir' option.
+				The pattern can be:
+					"window"  to trigger on `:lcd`
+					"tabpage" to trigger on `:tcd`
+					"global"  to trigger on `:cd`
+					"auto"    to trigger on 'autochdir'.
+					"drop"	  to trigger on editing a file
+				<afile> is set to the new directory name.
 							*EncodingChanged*
 EncodingChanged			Fires off after the 'encoding' option has been
 				changed.  Useful to set up fonts, for example.
+							*ExitPre*
+ExitPre				When using `:quit`, `:wq` in a way it makes
+				Vim exit, or using `:qall`, just after
+				|QuitPre|.  Can be used to close any
+				non-essential window.  Exiting may still be
+				cancelled if there is a modified buffer that
+				isn't automatically saved, use |VimLeavePre|
+				for really exiting.
 							*FileAppendCmd*
 FileAppendCmd			Before appending to a file.  Should do the
 				appending to the file.  Use the '[ and ']
@@ -735,35 +769,6 @@ FileChangedRO			Before making the first change to a read-only
 							*E881*
 				If the number of lines changes saving for undo
 				may fail and the change will be aborted.
-							*DiffUpdated*
-DiffUpdated			After diffs have been updated.  Depending on
-				what kind of diff is being used (internal or
-				external) this can be triggered on every
-				change or when doing |:diffupdate|.
-							*DirChangedPre*
-DirChangedPre			The working directory is going to be changed,
-				as with |DirChanged|.  The pattern is like
-				with |DirChanged|.  The new directory can be
-				found in v:event.directory.
-							*DirChanged*
-DirChanged			The working directory has changed in response
-				to the |:cd| or |:tcd| or |:lcd| commands, or
-				as a result of the 'autochdir' option.
-				The pattern can be:
-					"window"  to trigger on `:lcd`
-					"tabpage" to trigger on `:tcd`
-					"global"  to trigger on `:cd`
-					"auto"    to trigger on 'autochdir'.
-					"drop"	  to trigger on editing a file
-				<afile> is set to the new directory name.
-							*ExitPre*
-ExitPre				When using `:quit`, `:wq` in a way it makes
-				Vim exit, or using `:qall`, just after
-				|QuitPre|.  Can be used to close any
-				non-essential window.  Exiting may still be
-				cancelled if there is a modified buffer that
-				isn't automatically saved, use |VimLeavePre|
-				for really exiting.
 							*FileChangedShell*
 FileChangedShell		When Vim notices that the modification time of
 				a file has changed since editing started.
@@ -1203,6 +1208,9 @@ TextYankPost			After text has been yanked or deleted in the
 				current buffer.  The following values of
 				|v:event| can be used to determine the operation
 				that triggered this autocmd:
+				   inclusive	TRUE if the motion is
+						|inclusive| else the motion is
+						|exclusive|.
 				   operator	The operation performed.
 				   regcontents	Text that was stored in the
 						register, as a list of lines,
@@ -1228,7 +1236,13 @@ User				Never executed automatically.  To be used for
 				Note that when `:doautocmd User MyEvent` is
 				used while there are no matching autocommands,
 				you will get an error.  If you don't want
-				that, define a dummy autocommand yourself.
+				that, either check whether an autocommand is
+				defined using `exists('#User#MyEvent')` or
+				define a dummy autocommand yourself.
+				Example: >
+				    if exists('#User#MyEvent')
+					doautocmd User MyEvent
+				    endif
 
 							*SigUSR1*
 SigUSR1				After the SIGUSR1 signal has been detected.
@@ -1317,10 +1331,23 @@ WinNew				When a new window was created.  Not done for
 				the first window, when Vim has just started.
 				Before a WinEnter event.
 
+							*WinScrolled*
+WinScrolled			After scrolling the content of a window or
+				resizing a window.
+				The pattern is matched against the
+				|window-ID|.  Both <amatch> and <afile> are
+				set to the |window-ID|.
+				Non-recursive (the event cannot trigger
+				itself).  However, if the command causes the
+				window to scroll or change size another
+				WinScrolled event will be triggered later.
+				Does not trigger when the command is added,
+				only after the first scroll or resize.
+
 ==============================================================================
 6. Patterns					*autocmd-patterns* *{aupat}*
 
-The {aupat} argument of `:autocmd` can be a comma separated list.  This works as
+The {aupat} argument of `:autocmd` can be a comma-separated list.  This works as
 if the command was given with each pattern separately.  Thus this command: >
 	:autocmd BufRead *.txt,*.info set et
 Is equivalent to: >

runtime/doc/builtin.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*builtin.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Mar 26
+*builtin.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Apr 25
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -161,7 +161,8 @@ exists_compiled({expr})		Number	|TRUE| if {expr} exists at compile time
 exp({expr})			Float	exponential of {expr}
 expand({expr} [, {nosuf} [, {list}]])
 				any	expand special keywords in {expr}
-expandcmd({expr})		String	expand {expr} like with `:edit`
+expandcmd({string} [, {options}])
+				String	expand {string} like with `:edit`
 extend({expr1}, {expr2} [, {expr3}])
 				List/Dict insert items of {expr2} into {expr1}
 extendnew({expr1}, {expr2} [, {expr3}])
@@ -212,8 +213,12 @@ getcharmod()			Number	modifiers for the last typed character
 getcharpos({expr})		List	position of cursor, mark, etc.
 getcharsearch()			Dict	last character search
 getcharstr([expr])		String	get one character from the user
+getcmdcompltype()		String	return the type of the current
+					command-line completion
 getcmdline()			String	return the current command-line
 getcmdpos()			Number	return cursor position in command-line
+getcmdscreenpos()		Number	return cursor screen position in
+					command-line
 getcmdtype()			String	return current command-line type
 getcmdwintype()			String	return current command-line window type
 getcompletion({pat}, {type} [, {filtered}])
@@ -294,6 +299,7 @@ inputsecret({prompt} [, {text}]) String	like input() but hiding the text
 insert({object}, {item} [, {idx}]) List	insert {item} in {object} [before {idx}]
 interrupt()			none	interrupt script execution
 invert({expr})			Number	bitwise invert
+isabsolutepath({path})		Number	|TRUE| if {path} is an absolute path
 isdirectory({directory})	Number	|TRUE| if {directory} is a directory
 isinf({expr})			Number	determine if {expr} is infinity value
 					(positive or negative)
@@ -336,6 +342,7 @@ maparg({name} [, {mode} [, {abbr} [, {dict}]]])
 					rhs of mapping {name} in mode {mode}
 mapcheck({name} [, {mode} [, {abbr}]])
 				String	check for mappings matching {name}
+maplist([{abbr}])		List	list of all mappings, a dict for each
 mapnew({expr1}, {expr2})	List/Dict/Blob/String
 					like |map()| but creates a new List or
 					Dictionary
@@ -1753,7 +1760,10 @@ deepcopy({expr} [, {noref}])				*deepcopy()* *E698*
 
 delete({fname} [, {flags}])				*delete()*
 		Without {flags} or with {flags} empty: Deletes the file by the
-		name {fname}.  This also works when {fname} is a symbolic link.
+		name {fname}.
+
+		This also works when {fname} is a symbolic link.  The symbolic
+		link itself is deleted, not what it points to.
 
 		When {flags} is "d": Deletes the directory by the name
 		{fname}.  This fails when directory {fname} is not empty.
@@ -1763,8 +1773,6 @@ delete({fname} [, {flags}])				*delete()*
 		Note: on MS-Windows it is not possible to delete a directory
 		that is being used.
 
-		A symbolic link itself is deleted, not what it points to.
-
 		The result is a Number, which is 0/false if the delete
 		operation was successful and -1/true when the deletion failed
 		or partly failed.
@@ -2012,8 +2020,10 @@ executable({expr})					*executable()*
 		On MS-Windows it only checks if the file exists and is not a
 		directory, not if it's really executable.
 		On MS-Windows an executable in the same directory as Vim is
-		always found.  Since this directory is added to $PATH it
+		normally found.  Since this directory is added to $PATH it
-		should also work to execute it |win32-PATH|.
+		should also work to execute it |win32-PATH|.  This can be
+		disabled by setting the $NoDefaultCurrentDirectoryInExePath
+		environment variable.  *NoDefaultCurrentDirectoryInExePath*
 		The result is a Number:
 			1	exists
 			0	does not exist
@@ -2044,7 +2054,7 @@ execute({command} [, {silent}])					*execute()*
 		It is not possible to use `:redir` anywhere in {command}.
 
 		To get a list of lines use |split()| on the result: >
-			split(execute('args'), "\n")
+			execute('args')->split("\n")
 
 <		To execute a command in another window than the current one
 		use `win_execute()`.
@@ -2235,6 +2245,8 @@ expand({string} [, {nosuf} [, {list}]])				*expand()*
 					a function
 			<SID>		"<SNR>123_"  where "123" is the
 					current script ID  |<SID>|
+			<script>	sourced script file, or script file
+					where the current function was defined
 			<stack>		call stack
 			<cword>		word under the cursor
 			<cWORD>		WORD under the cursor
@@ -2268,6 +2280,9 @@ expand({string} [, {nosuf} [, {list}]])				*expand()*
 		is not defined, an empty string is used.  Using "%:p" in a
 		buffer with no name, results in the current directory, with a
 		'/' added.
+		When 'verbose' is set then expanding '%', '#' and <> items
+		will result in an error message if the argument cannot be
+		expanded.
 
 		When {string} does not start with '%', '#' or '<', it is
 		expanded like a file name is expanded on the command line.
@@ -2293,16 +2308,28 @@ expand({string} [, {nosuf} [, {list}]])				*expand()*
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			Getpattern()->expand()
 
-expandcmd({string})					*expandcmd()*
+expandcmd({string} [, {options}])			*expandcmd()*
 		Expand special items in String {string} like what is done for
 		an Ex command such as `:edit`.  This expands special keywords,
 		like with |expand()|, and environment variables, anywhere in
 		{string}.  "~user" and "~/path" are only expanded at the
 		start.
-		Returns the expanded string.  Example: >
-			:echo expandcmd('make %<.o')
 
-<		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+		The following items are supported in the {options} Dict
+		argument:
+		    errmsg	If set to TRUE, error messages are displayed
+				if an error is encountered during expansion.
+				By default, error messages are not displayed.
+
+		Returns the expanded string.  If an error is encountered
+		during expansion, the unmodified {string} is returned.
+
+		Example: >
+			:echo expandcmd('make %<.o')
+			make /path/runtime/doc/builtin.o
+			:echo expandcmd('make %<.o', {'errmsg': v:true})
+<
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetCommand()->expandcmd()
 <
 extend({expr1}, {expr2} [, {expr3}])			*extend()*
@@ -2398,7 +2425,8 @@ feedkeys({string} [, {mode}])				*feedkeys()*
 			all typeahead will be consumed by the last call.
 		'c'	Remove any script context when executing, so that
 			legacy script syntax applies, "s:var" does not work,
-			etc.
+			etc.  Note that if the keys being using set a script
+			context this still applies.
 		'!'	When used with 'x' will not end Insert mode. Can be
 			used in a test when a timer is set to exit Insert mode
 			a little later.  Useful for testing CursorHoldI.
@@ -2728,7 +2756,7 @@ foreground()	Move the Vim window to the foreground.  Useful when sent from
 		On Win32 systems this might not work, the OS does not always
 		allow a window to bring itself to the foreground.  Use
 		|remote_foreground()| instead.
-		{only in the Win32, Athena, Motif and GTK GUI versions and the
+		{only in the Win32, Motif and GTK GUI versions and the
 		Win32 console version}
 
 fullcommand({name})						*fullcommand()*
@@ -3184,6 +3212,13 @@ getcharstr([expr])					*getcharstr()*
 		Otherwise this works like |getchar()|, except that a number
 		result is converted to a string.
 
+getcmdcompltype()					*getcmdcompltype()*
+		Return the type of the current command-line completion.
+		Only works when the command line is being edited, thus
+		requires use of |c_CTRL-\_e| or |c_CTRL-R_=|.
+		See |command-completion| for the return string.
+		Also see |getcmdtype()|, |setcmdpos()| and |getcmdline()|.
+		Returns an empty string when completion is not defined.
 
 getcmdline()						*getcmdline()*
 		Return the current command-line.  Only works when the command
@@ -3203,6 +3238,15 @@ getcmdpos()						*getcmdpos()*
 		Returns 0 otherwise.
 		Also see |getcmdtype()|, |setcmdpos()| and |getcmdline()|.
 
+getcmdscreenpos()					*getcmdscreenpos()*
+		Return the screen position of the cursor in the command line
+		as a byte count.  The first column is 1.
+		Instead of |getcmdpos()|, it adds the prompt position.
+		Only works when editing the command line, thus requires use of
+		|c_CTRL-\_e| or |c_CTRL-R_=| or an expression mapping.
+		Returns 0 otherwise.
+		Also see |getcmdpos()|, |setcmdpos()|.
+
 getcmdtype()						*getcmdtype()*
 		Return the current command-line type. Possible return values
 		are:
@@ -4651,6 +4695,24 @@ invert({expr})						*invert()*
 <		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			:let bits = bits->invert()
 
+isabsolutepath({directory})				*isabsolutepath()*
+		The result is a Number, which is |TRUE| when {path} is an
+		absolute path.
+<		On Unix, a path is considered absolute when it starts with '/'.
+		On MS-Windows, it is considered absolute when it starts with an
+		optional drive prefix and is followed by a '\' or '/'. UNC paths
+		are always absolute.
+		Example: >
+			echo isabsolutepath('/usr/share/')	" 1
+			echo isabsolutepath('./foobar')		" 0
+			echo isabsolutepath('C:\Windows')	" 1
+			echo isabsolutepath('foobar')		" 0
+			echo isabsolutepath('\\remote\file')	" 1
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetName()->isabsolutepath()
+
+
 isdirectory({directory})				*isdirectory()*
 		The result is a Number, which is |TRUE| when a directory
 		with the name {directory} exists.  If {directory} doesn't
@@ -4820,6 +4882,8 @@ json_encode({expr})					*json_encode()*
 		Note that NaN and Infinity are passed on as values.  This is
 		missing in the JSON standard, but several implementations do
 		allow it.  If not then you will get an error.
+		If a string contains an illegal character then the replacement
+		character 0xfffd is used.
 
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetObject()->json_encode()
@@ -5214,7 +5278,8 @@ maparg({name} [, {mode} [, {abbr} [, {dict}]]])			*maparg()*
 		When {dict} is omitted or zero: Return the rhs of mapping
 		{name} in mode {mode}.  The returned String has special
 		characters translated like in the output of the ":map" command
-		listing.
+		listing. When {dict} is TRUE a dictionary is returned, see
+		below. To get a list of all mappings see |maplist()|.
 
 		When there is no mapping for {name}, an empty String is
 		returned.  When the mapping for {name} is empty, then "<Nop>"
@@ -5241,7 +5306,7 @@ maparg({name} [, {mode} [, {abbr} [, {dict}]]])			*maparg()*
 
 		When {dict} is there and it is |TRUE| return a dictionary
 		containing all the information of the mapping with the
-		following items:
+		following items:			*mapping-dict*
 		  "lhs"	     The {lhs} of the mapping as it would be typed
 		  "lhsraw"   The {lhs} of the mapping as raw bytes
 		  "lhsrawalt" The {lhs} of the mapping as raw bytes, alternate
@@ -5265,6 +5330,7 @@ maparg({name} [, {mode} [, {abbr} [, {dict}]]])			*maparg()*
 		  "lnum"     The line number in "sid", zero if unknown.
 		  "nowait"   Do not wait for other, longer mappings.
 			     (|:map-<nowait>|).
+		  "abbr"     True if this is an |abbreviation|.
 
 		The dictionary can be used to restore a mapping with
 		|mapset()|.
@@ -5315,6 +5381,18 @@ mapcheck({name} [, {mode} [, {abbr}]])			*mapcheck()*
 			GetKey()->mapcheck('n')
 
 
+maplist([{abbr}])					*maplist()*
+		Returns a |List| of all mappings.  Each List item is a |Dict|,
+		the same as what is returned by |maparg()|, see
+		|mapping-dict|.  When {abbr} is there and it is |TRUE| use
+		abbreviations instead of mappings.
+
+		Example to show all mappings with 'MultiMatch' in rhs: >
+			vim9script
+			echo maplist()->filter(
+				(_, m) => match(m.rhs, 'MultiMatch') >= 0)
+
+
 mapnew({expr1}, {expr2})					*mapnew()*
 		Like |map()| but instead of replacing items in {expr1} a new
 		List or Dictionary is created and returned.  {expr1} remains
@@ -5323,9 +5401,18 @@ mapnew({expr1}, {expr2})					*mapnew()*
 
 
 mapset({mode}, {abbr}, {dict})					*mapset()*
-		Restore a mapping from a dictionary returned by |maparg()|.
+mapset({dict})
-		{mode} and {abbr} should be the same as for the call to
+		Restore a mapping from a dictionary, possibly returned by
-		|maparg()|. *E460*
+		|maparg()| or |maplist()|.  A buffer mapping, when dict.buffer
+		is true, is set on the current buffer; it is up to the caller
+		to insure that the intended buffer is the current buffer. This
+		feature allows copying mappings from one buffer to another.
+		The dict.mode value may restore a single mapping that covers
+		more than one mode, like with mode values of '!', ' ', 'nox',
+		or 'v'. *E1276*
+
+		In the first form, {mode} and {abbr} should be the same as
+		for the call to |maparg()|. *E460*
 		{mode} is used to define the mode in which the mapping is set,
 		not the "mode" entry in {dict}.
 		Example for saving and restoring a mapping: >
@@ -5334,8 +5421,22 @@ mapset({mode}, {abbr}, {dict})					*mapset()*
 			...
 			call mapset('n', 0, save_map)
 <		Note that if you are going to replace a map in several modes,
-		e.g. with `:map!`, you need to save the mapping for all of
+		e.g. with `:map!`, you need to save/restore the mapping for
-		them, since they can differ.
+		all of them, when they might differ.
+
+		In the second form, with {dict} as the only argument, mode
+		and abbr are taken from the dict.
+		Example: >
+			vim9script
+			var save_maps = maplist()->filter(
+						(_, m) => m.lhs == 'K')
+			nnoremap K somethingelse
+			cnoremap K somethingelse2
+			# ...
+			unmap K
+			for d in save_maps
+			    mapset(d)
+			endfor
 
 
 match({expr}, {pat} [, {start} [, {count}]])			*match()*
@@ -5562,7 +5663,7 @@ matchfuzzy({list}, {str} [, {dict}])			*matchfuzzy()*
 
 		If {list} is a list of dictionaries, then the optional {dict}
 		argument supports the following additional items:
-		    key		key of the item which is fuzzy matched against
+		    key		Key of the item which is fuzzy matched against
 				{str}. The value of this item should be a
 				string.
 		    text_cb	|Funcref| that will be called for every item
@@ -5570,6 +5671,8 @@ matchfuzzy({list}, {str} [, {dict}])			*matchfuzzy()*
 				This should accept a dictionary item as the
 				argument and return the text for that item to
 				use for fuzzy matching.
+		    limit	Maximum number of matches in {list} to be
+				returned.  Zero means no limit.
 
 		{str} is treated as a literal string and regular expression
 		matching is NOT supported.  The maximum supported {str} length
@@ -5582,6 +5685,9 @@ matchfuzzy({list}, {str} [, {dict}])			*matchfuzzy()*
 		empty list is returned. If length of {str} is greater than
 		256, then returns an empty list.
 
+		When {limit} is given, matchfuzzy() will find up to this
+		number of matches in {list} and return them in sorted order.
+
 		Refer to |fuzzy-matching| for more information about fuzzy
 		matching strings.
 
@@ -6010,8 +6116,10 @@ printf({fmt}, {expr1} ...)				*printf()*
 		When used as a |method| the base is passed as the second
 		argument: >
 			Compute()->printf("result: %d")
+<
+		You can use `call()` to pass the items as a list.
 
-<		Often used items are:
+		Often used items are:
 		  %s	string
 		  %6S	string right-aligned in 6 display cells
 		  %6s	string right-aligned in 6 bytes
@@ -6680,7 +6788,7 @@ remote_foreground({server})				*remote_foreground()*
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			ServerName()->remote_foreground()
 
-<		{only in the Win32, Athena, Motif and GTK GUI versions and the
+<		{only in the Win32, Motif and GTK GUI versions and the
 		Win32 console version}
 
 
@@ -10012,7 +10120,7 @@ footer			Compiled with GUI footer support. |gui-footer|
 fork			Compiled to use fork()/exec() instead of system().
 gettext			Compiled with message translation |multi-lang|
 gui			Compiled with GUI enabled.
-gui_athena		Compiled with Athena GUI.
+gui_athena		Compiled with Athena GUI (always false).
 gui_gnome		Compiled with Gnome support (gui_gtk is also defined).
 gui_gtk			Compiled with GTK+ GUI (any version).
 gui_gtk2		Compiled with GTK+ 2 GUI (gui_gtk is also defined).

runtime/doc/change.txt

@@ -614,9 +614,10 @@ attack or other people reading your file).  When Vim exits the directory and
 all files in it are deleted.  When Vim has the setuid bit set this may cause
 problems, the temp file is owned by the setuid user but the filter command
 probably runs as the original user.
-On MS-Windows the first of these directories that works is used: $TMP,
+Directory for temporary files is created in the first of these directories
-$TEMP, c:\TMP, c:\TEMP.
+that works:
-For Unix the list of directories is: $TMPDIR, /tmp, current-dir, $HOME.
+	Unix:    $TMPDIR, /tmp, current-dir, $HOME.
+	Windows: $TMP, $TEMP, c:\TMP, c:\TEMP
 For MS-Windows the GetTempFileName() system function is used.
 For other systems the tmpnam() library function is used.
 
@@ -1176,14 +1177,15 @@ register.  With blockwise selection it also depends on the size of the block
 and whether the corners are on an existing character.  (Implementation detail:
 it actually works by first putting the register after the selection and then
 deleting the selection.)
-With 'p' the previously selected text is put in the unnamed register.  This is
+With |p| the previously selected text is put in the unnamed register (and
-useful if you want to put that text somewhere else.  But you cannot repeat the
+possibly the selection and/or clipboard).  This is useful if you want to put
-same change.
+that text somewhere else.  But you cannot repeat the same change.
-With 'P' the unnamed register is not changed, you can repeat the same change.
+With |P| the unnamed register is not changed (and neither the selection or
-But the deleted text cannot be used.  If you do need it you can use 'p' with
+clipboard), you can repeat the same change. But the deleted text cannot be
-another register.  E.g., yank the text to copy, Visually select the text to
+used.  If you do need it you can use |p| with another register.  E.g., yank
-replace and use "0p .  You can repeat this as many times as you like, and the
+the text to copy, Visually select the text to replace and use "0p .  You can
-unnamed register will be changed each time.
+repeat this as many times as you like, and the unnamed register will be
+changed each time.
 
 When you use a blockwise Visual mode command and yank only a single line into
 a register, a paste on a visual selected area will paste that single line on
@@ -1671,9 +1673,9 @@ readability.
 
 letter	 meaning when present in 'formatoptions'    ~
 							*fo-t*
-t	Auto-wrap text using textwidth
+t	Auto-wrap text using 'textwidth'
 							*fo-c*
-c	Auto-wrap comments using textwidth, inserting the current comment
+c	Auto-wrap comments using 'textwidth', inserting the current comment
 	leader automatically.
 							*fo-r*
 r	Automatically insert the current comment leader after hitting
@@ -1682,6 +1684,9 @@ r	Automatically insert the current comment leader after hitting
 o	Automatically insert the current comment leader after hitting 'o' or
 	'O' in Normal mode.  In case comment is unwanted in a specific place
 	use CTRL-U to quickly delete it. |i_CTRL-U|
+							*fo-/*
+/	When 'o' is included: do not insert the comment leader for a //
+	comment after a statement, only when // is at the start of the line.
 							*fo-q*
 q	Allow formatting of comments with "gq".
 	Note that formatting will not change blank lines or lines containing
@@ -1744,8 +1749,8 @@ B	When joining lines, don't insert a space between two multibyte
 1	Don't break a line after a one-letter word.  It's broken before it
 	instead (if possible).
 							*fo-]*
-]	Respect textwidth rigorously. With this flag set, no line can be
+]	Respect 'textwidth' rigorously. With this flag set, no line can be
-	longer than textwidth, unless line-break-prohibition rules make this
+	longer than 'textwidth', unless line-break-prohibition rules make this
 	impossible.  Mainly for CJK scripts and works only if 'encoding' is
 	"utf-8".
 							*fo-j*

runtime/doc/channel.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*channel.txt*      For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Mar 26
+*channel.txt*      For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Apr 16
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -25,6 +25,7 @@ The Netbeans interface also uses a channel. |netbeans|
 12. Job options				|job-options|
 13. Controlling a job			|job-control|
 14. Using a prompt buffer		|prompt-buffer|
+15. Language Server Protocol		|language-server-protocol|
 
 {only when compiled with the |+channel| feature for channel stuff}
 	You can check this with: `has('channel')`
@@ -119,10 +120,13 @@ To open a channel: >
 
 Use |ch_status()| to see if the channel could be opened.
 
-{address} has the form "hostname:port".  E.g., "localhost:8765".
+					*channel-address*
-
+{address} can be a domain name or an IP address, followed by a port number, or
-When using an IPv6 address, enclose it within square brackets.  E.g.,
+a Unix-domain socket path prefixed by "unix:".  E.g. >
-"[2001:db8::1]:8765".
+    www.example.com:80   " domain + port
+    127.0.0.1:1234       " IPv4 + port
+    [2001:db8::1]:8765   " IPv6 + port
+    unix:/tmp/my-socket  " Unix-domain socket path
 
 {options} is a dictionary with optional entries:	*channel-open-options*
 
@@ -421,6 +425,7 @@ To send a message, without expecting a response: >
 The process can send back a response, the channel handler will be called with
 it.
 
+						*channel-onetime-callback*
 To send a message and letting the response handled by a specific function,
 asynchronously: >
     call ch_sendraw(channel, {string}, {'callback': 'MyHandler'})
@@ -525,7 +530,8 @@ ch_evalexpr({handle}, {expr} [, {options}])			*ch_evalexpr()*
 
 		ch_evalexpr() waits for a response and returns the decoded
 		expression.  When there is an error or timeout it returns an
-		empty string.
+		empty |String| or, when using the "lsp" channel mode, returns an
+		empty |Dict|.
 
 		Note that while waiting for the response, Vim handles other
 		messages.  You need to make sure this doesn't cause trouble.
@@ -579,10 +585,15 @@ ch_info({handle})						*ch_info()*
 		When opened with ch_open():
 		   "hostname"	  the hostname of the address
 		   "port"	  the port of the address
+		   "path"	  the path of the Unix-domain socket
 		   "sock_status"  "open" or "closed"
 		   "sock_mode"	  "NL", "RAW", "JSON" or "JS"
 		   "sock_io"	  "socket"
 		   "sock_timeout" timeout in msec
+
+		Note that "path" is only present for Unix-domain sockets, for
+		regular ones "hostname" and "port" are present instead.
+
 		When opened with job_start():
 		   "out_status"	  "open", "buffered" or "closed"
 		   "out_mode"	  "NL", "RAW", "JSON" or "JS"
@@ -625,8 +636,8 @@ ch_logfile({fname} [, {mode}])					*ch_logfile()*
 		is going on in real time.
 
 		To enable the log very early, to see what is received from a
-		terminal during startup, use |--cmd|: >
+		terminal during startup, use |--log|: >
-			vim --cmd "call ch_logfile('logfile', 'w')"
+			vim --log logfile
 <
 		This function is not available in the |sandbox|.
 		NOTE: the channel communication is stored in the file, be
@@ -641,11 +652,8 @@ ch_open({address} [, {options}])				*ch_open()*
 		Open a channel to {address}.  See |channel|.
 		Returns a Channel.  Use |ch_status()| to check for failure.
 
-		{address} is a String and has the form "hostname:port", e.g.,
+		{address} is a String, see |channel-address| for the possible
-		"localhost:8765".
+		accepted forms.
-
-		When using an IPv6 address, enclose it within square brackets.
-		E.g., "[2001:db8::1]:8765".
 
 		If {options} is given it must be a |Dictionary|.
 		See |channel-open-options|.
@@ -691,6 +699,16 @@ ch_sendexpr({handle}, {expr} [, {options}])			*ch_sendexpr()*
 		{handle} can be a Channel or a Job that has a Channel.
 		When using the "lsp" channel mode, {expr} must be a |Dict|.
 
+		If the channel mode is "lsp", then returns a Dict. Otherwise
+		returns an empty String.  If the "callback" item is present in
+		{options}, then the returned Dict contains the ID of the
+		request message.  The ID can be used to send a cancellation
+		request to the LSP server (if needed).  Returns an empty Dict
+		on error.
+
+		If a response message is not expected for {expr}, then don't
+		specify the "callback" item in {options}.
+
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetChannel()->ch_sendexpr(expr)
 
@@ -1378,7 +1396,7 @@ The same in |Vim9| script: >
 	startinsert
 
 ==============================================================================
-14. Language Server Protocol			*language-server-protocol*
+15. Language Server Protocol			*language-server-protocol*
 
 The language server protocol specification is available at:
 
@@ -1389,11 +1407,19 @@ payload encoded in JSON-RPC format.  This is described in:
 
     https://www.jsonrpc.org/specification
 
-For messages received on a channel with mode set to "lsp", Vim will process
+To encode and send a LSP request/notification message in a Vim |Dict| into a
-the HTTP header and decode the payload into a Vim |Dict| type and call the
+LSP JSON-RPC message and to receive and decode a LSP JSON-RPC
-channel callback or the specified callback function.  When sending messages on
+response/notification message into a Vim |Dict|, connect to the LSP server
-a channel using |ch_evalexpr()| or |ch_sendexpr()|, Vim will add the HTTP
+with the |channel-mode| set to "lsp".
-header and encode the Vim expression into JSON-RPC.
+
+For messages received on a channel with |channel-mode| set to "lsp", Vim will
+process the HTTP header and decode the JSON-RPC payload into a Vim |Dict| type
+and call the |channel-callback| function or the specified
+|channel-onetime-callback| function.  When sending messages on a channel using
+the |ch_evalexpr()| or |ch_sendexpr()| functions, Vim will add the HTTP header
+and encode the Vim expression into JSON.  Refer to |json_encode()| and
+|json_decode()| for more information about how Vim encodes and decodes the
+builtin types into JSON.
 
 To open a channel using the 'lsp' mode, set the 'mode' item in the |ch_open()|
 {options} argument to 'lsp'.  Example: >
@@ -1403,37 +1429,79 @@ To open a channel using the 'lsp' mode, set the 'mode' item in the |ch_open()|
 To open a channel using the 'lsp' mode with a job, set the 'in_mode' and
 'out_mode' items in the |job_start()| {options} argument to 'lsp'. Example: >
 
-    let job = job_start(...., #{in_mode: 'lsp', out_mode: 'lsp'})
+    let cmd = ['clangd', '--background-index', '--clang-tidy']
+    let opts = {}
+    let opts.in_mode = 'lsp'
+    let opts.out_mode = 'lsp'
+    let opts.err_mode = 'nl'
+    let opts.out_cb = function('LspOutCallback')
+    let opts.err_cb = function('LspErrCallback')
+    let opts.exit_cb = function('LspExitCallback')
+    let job = job_start(cmd, opts)
 
-To synchronously send a JSON-RPC request to the server, use the |ch_evalexpr()|
+Note that if a job outputs LSP messages on stdout and non-LSP messages on
-function. This function will return the response from the server. You can use
+stderr, then the channel-callback function should handle both the message
+formats appropriately or you should use a separate callback function for
+"out_cb" and "err_cb" to handle them as shown above.
+
+To synchronously send a JSON-RPC request to the server, use the
+|ch_evalexpr()| function. This function will wait and return the decoded
+response message from the server. You can use either the |channel-timeout| or
 the 'timeout' field in the {options} argument to control the response wait
-time. Example: >
+time.  If the request times out, then an empty |Dict| is returned.  Example: >
 
     let req = {}
     let req.method = 'textDocument/definition'
     let req.params = {}
     let req.params.textDocument = #{uri: 'a.c'}
     let req.params.position = #{line: 10, character: 3}
-    let resp = ch_evalexpr(ch, req, #{timeout: 100})
+    let defs = ch_evalexpr(ch, req, #{timeout: 100})
+    if defs->empty()
+        ... <handle failure>
+    endif
 
 Note that in the request message the 'id' field should not be specified. If it
 is specified, then Vim will overwrite the value with an internally generated
 identifier.  Vim currently supports only a number type for the 'id' field.
+The callback function will be invoked for both a successful and a failed RPC
+request.
 
 To send a JSON-RPC request to the server and asynchronously process the
-response, use the |ch_sendexpr()| function and supply a callback function.
+response, use the |ch_sendexpr()| function and supply a callback function.  If
-Example: >
+the "id" field is present in the request message, then Vim will overwrite it
+with an internally generated number.  This function returns a Dict with the
+identifier used for the message.  This can be used to send cancellation
+request to the LSP server (if needed).  Example: >
 
     let req = {}
     let req.method = 'textDocument/hover'
+    let req.id = 200
     let req.params = {}
     let req.params.textDocument = #{uri: 'a.c'}
     let req.params.position = #{line: 10, character: 3}
-    let resp = ch_sendexpr(ch, req, #{callback: 'MyFn'})
+    let resp = ch_sendexpr(ch, req, #{callback: 'HoverFunc'})
+
+To cancel an outstanding asynchronous LSP request sent to the server using the
+|ch_sendexpr()| function, send a cancelation message to the server using the
+|ch_sendexpr()| function with the ID returned by the |ch_sendexpr()| function
+for the request.  Example: >
+
+    " send a completion request
+    let req = {}
+    let req.method = 'textDocument/completion'
+    let req.params = {}
+    let req.params.textDocument = #{uri: 'a.c'}
+    let req.params.position = #{line: 10, character: 3}
+    let reqstatus = ch_sendexpr(ch, req, #{callback: 'LspComplete'})
+    " send a cancellation notification
+    let notif = {}
+    let notif.method = '$/cancelRequest'
+    let notif.id = reqstatus.id
+    call ch_sendexpr(ch, notif)
 
 To send a JSON-RPC notification message to the server, use the |ch_sendexpr()|
-function. Example: >
+function. As the server will not send a response message to the notification,
+don't specify the "callback" item.  Example: >
 
     call ch_sendexpr(ch, #{method: 'initialized'})
 
@@ -1449,4 +1517,68 @@ from the server request message. Example: >
 The JSON-RPC notification messages from the server are delivered through the
 |channel-callback| function.
 
+Depending on the use case, you can use the ch_evalexpr(), ch_sendexpr() and
+ch_sendraw() functions on the same channel.
+
+A LSP request message has the following format (expressed as a Vim Dict).  The
+"params" field is optional: >
+
+    {
+	"jsonrpc": "2.0",
+	"id": <number>,
+	"method": <string>,
+	"params": <list|dict>
+    }
+
+A LSP reponse message has the following format (expressed as a Vim Dict).  The
+"result" and "error" fields are optional: >
+
+    {
+	"jsonrpc": "2.0",
+	"id": <number>,
+	"result": <vim type>
+	"error": <dict>
+    }
+
+A LSP notification message has the following format (expressed as a Vim Dict).
+The "params" field is optional: >
+
+    {
+	"jsonrpc": "2.0",
+	"method": <string>,
+	"params": <list|dict>
+    }
+
+Depending on the use case, you can use the ch_evalexpr(), ch_sendexpr() and
+ch_sendraw() functions on the same channel.
+
+A LSP request message has the following format (expressed as a Vim Dict).  The
+"params" field is optional: >
+
+    {
+	"jsonrpc": "2.0",
+	"id": <number>,
+	"method": <string>,
+	"params": <list|dict>
+    }
+
+A LSP reponse message has the following format (expressed as a Vim Dict).  The
+"result" and "error" fields are optional: >
+
+    {
+	"jsonrpc": "2.0",
+	"id": <number>,
+	"result": <vim type>
+	"error": <dict>
+    }
+
+A LSP notification message has the following format (expressed as a Vim Dict).
+The "params" field is optional: >
+
+    {
+	"jsonrpc": "2.0",
+	"method": <string>,
+	"params": <list|dict>
+    }
+
  vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl:

runtime/doc/cmdline.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*cmdline.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Feb 04
+*cmdline.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Apr 09
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -87,6 +87,7 @@ CTRL-Q		Same as CTRL-V.  But with some terminals it is used for
 CTRL-SHIFT-V				*c_CTRL-SHIFT-V* *c_CTRL-SHIFT-Q*
 CTRL-SHIFT-Q	Works just like CTRL-V, unless |modifyOtherKeys| is active,
 		then it inserts the Escape sequence for a key with modifiers.
+		In the GUI the |key-notation| is inserted without simplifying.
 
 							*c_<Left>* *c_Left*
 <Left>		cursor left
@@ -939,7 +940,7 @@ Note: these are typed literally, they are not special keys!
 		   file name of the sourced file.  *E498*
 		   When executing a legacy function, is replaced with the call
 		   stack, as with <stack> (this is for backwards
-		   compatibility, using <stack> is preferred).
+		   compatibility, using <stack> or <script> is preferred).
 		   In Vim9 script using <sfile> in a function gives error
 		   *E1245* .
 		   Note that filename-modifiers are useless when <sfile> is
@@ -951,6 +952,12 @@ Note: these are typed literally, they are not special keys!
 		   ".." in between items.  E.g.:
 		   "function {function-name1}[{lnum}]..{function-name2}[{lnum}]"
 		   If there is no call stack you get error *E489* .
+							*:<script>* *<script>*
+	<script>   When executing a `:source` command, is replaced with the file
+		   name of the sourced file.  When executing a function, is
+		   replaced with the file name of the script where it is
+		   defined.
+		   If the file name cannot be determined you get error *E1274* .
 							*:<slnum>* *<slnum>*
 	<slnum>	   When executing a ":source" command, is replaced with the
 		   line number.  *E842*

runtime/doc/editing.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*editing.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Feb 16
+*editing.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Apr 16
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -445,7 +445,8 @@ does apply like to other wildcards.
 Environment variables in the expression are expanded when evaluating the
 expression, thus this works: >
 	:e `=$HOME .. '/.vimrc'`
-This does not work, $HOME is inside a string and used literally: >
+This uses $HOME inside a string and it will be used literally, most likely not
+what you intended: >
 	:e `='$HOME' .. '/.vimrc'`
 
 If the expression returns a string then names are to be separated with line
@@ -1224,7 +1225,7 @@ Examples: >
 
 If you want to always use ":confirm", set the 'confirm' option.
 
-			*:browse* *:bro* *E338* *E614* *E615* *E616*
+			*:browse* *:bro* *E338*
 :bro[wse] {command}	Open a file selection dialog for an argument to
 			{command}.  At present this works for |:e|, |:w|,
 			|:wall|, |:wq|, |:wqall|, |:x|, |:xall|, |:exit|,
@@ -1235,7 +1236,7 @@ If you want to always use ":confirm", set the 'confirm' option.
 			|:diffsplit|, |:diffpatch|, |:open|, |:pedit|,
 			|:redir|, |:source|, |:update|, |:visual|, |:vsplit|,
 			and |:qall| if 'confirm' is set.
-			{only in Win32, Athena, Motif, GTK and Mac GUI, in
+			{only in Win32, Motif, GTK and Mac GUI, in
 			console `browse edit` works if the FileExplorer
 			autocommand group exists}
 			When ":browse" is not possible you get an error
@@ -1694,7 +1695,7 @@ session or with another command (e.g., a filter command).  Then you will know
 which version of the file you want to keep.
 
 The accuracy of the time check depends on the filesystem.  On Unix it is
-usually sub-second.  With old file sytems and on MS-Windows it is normally one
+usually sub-second.  With old file systems and on MS-Windows it is normally one
 second.  Use `has('nanotime')` to check if sub-second time stamp checks are
 available.
 

runtime/doc/eval.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*eval.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Mar 05
+*eval.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Apr 17
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -181,7 +181,7 @@ You will not get an error if you try to change the type of a variable.
 
 
 1.2 Function references ~
-				*Funcref* *E695* *E718* *E1086* *E1192*
+				*Funcref* *E695* *E718* *E1192*
 A Funcref variable is obtained with the |function()| function, the |funcref()|
 function or created with the lambda expression |expr-lambda|.  It can be used
 in an expression in the place of a function name, before the parenthesis
@@ -261,7 +261,7 @@ position in the sequence.
 
 List creation ~
 							*E696* *E697*
-A List is created with a comma separated list of items in square brackets.
+A List is created with a comma-separated list of items in square brackets.
 Examples: >
 	:let mylist = [1, two, 3, "four"]
 	:let emptylist = []
@@ -514,7 +514,7 @@ ordering.
 
 Dictionary creation ~
 						*E720* *E721* *E722* *E723*
-A Dictionary is created with a comma separated list of entries in curly
+A Dictionary is created with a comma-separated list of entries in curly
 braces.  Each entry has a key and a value, separated by a colon.  Each key can
 only appear once.  Examples: >
 	:let mydict = {1: 'one', 2: 'two', 3: 'three'}
@@ -1523,6 +1523,25 @@ to be doubled.  These two commands are equivalent: >
 	if a =~ '\s*'
 
 
+interpolated-string					*interp-string* *E256*
+--------------------
+$"string"		interpolated string constant		*expr-$quote*
+$'string'		interpolated literal string constant	*expr-$'*
+
+Interpolated strings are an extension of the |string| and |literal-string|,
+allowing the inclusion of Vim script expressions (see |expr1|).  Any
+expression returning a value can be enclosed between curly braces.  The value
+is converted to a string.  All the text and results of the expressions
+are concatenated to make a new string.
+
+To include an opening brace '{' or closing brace '}' in the string content
+double it.
+
+Examples: >
+	let your_name = input("What's your name? ")
+	echo $"Hello, {your_name}!"
+	echo $"The square root of 9 is {sqrt(9)}"
+
 option						*expr-option* *E112* *E113*
 ------
 &option			option value, local value if possible
@@ -3224,14 +3243,30 @@ declarations and assignments do not use a command.  |vim9-declaration|
 
 						*:let=<<* *:let-heredoc*
 					*E990* *E991* *E172* *E221* *E1145*
-:let {var-name} =<< [trim] {endmarker}
+:let {var-name} =<< [trim] [eval] {endmarker}
 text...
 text...
 {endmarker}
 			Set internal variable {var-name} to a |List|
 			containing the lines of text bounded by the string
-			{endmarker}. The lines of text is used as a
+			{endmarker}.
-			|literal-string|.
+
+			If "eval" is not specified, then each line of text is
+			used as a |literal-string|.  If "eval" is specified,
+			then any Vim expression in the form ``={expr}`` is
+			evaluated and the result replaces the expression.
+			Example where $HOME is expanded: >
+				let lines =<< trim eval END
+				  some text
+				  See the file `=$HOME`/.vimrc
+				  more text
+				END
+<			There can be multiple Vim expressions in a single line
+			but an expression cannot span multiple lines.  If any
+			expression evaluation fails, then the assignment fails.
+			once the "`=" has been found {expr} and a backtick
+			must follow.  {expr} cannot be empty.
+
 			{endmarker} must not contain white space.
 			{endmarker} cannot start with a lower case character.
 			The last line should end only with the {endmarker}
@@ -3281,6 +3316,13 @@ text...
 					1 2 3 4
 					5 6 7 8
 				DATA
+
+				let code =<< trim eval CODE
+				   let v = `=10 + 20`
+				   let h = "`=$HOME`"
+				   let s = "`=Str1()` abc `=Str2()`"
+				   let n = `=MyFunc(3, 4)`
+				CODE
 <
 								*E121*
 :let {var-name}	..	List the value of variable {var-name}.  Multiple
@@ -4698,7 +4740,7 @@ parentheses can be cut out from |v:exception| with the ":substitute" command.
 	:
 	:try
 	:
-	:  " something with arithmetics and I/O
+	:  " something with arithmetic and I/O
 	:
 	:catch /^EXCEPT:MATHERR:RANGE/
 	:  let function = substitute(v:exception, '.*(\(\a\+\)).*', '\1', "")

runtime/doc/filetype.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*filetype.txt*  For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Jan 21
+*filetype.txt*  For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Apr 09
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -142,19 +142,31 @@ variables can be used to overrule the filetype used for certain extensions:
 	*.asm		g:asmsyntax	|ft-asm-syntax|
 	*.asp		g:filetype_asp	|ft-aspvbs-syntax| |ft-aspperl-syntax|
 	*.bas		g:filetype_bas	|ft-basic-syntax|
+	*.cfg		g:filetype_cfg
+	*.csh		g:filetype_csh  |ft-csh-syntax|
+	*.dat		g:filetype_dat
 	*.frm		g:filetype_frm	|ft-form-syntax|
 	*.fs		g:filetype_fs	|ft-forth-syntax|
 	*.i		g:filetype_i	|ft-progress-syntax|
 	*.inc		g:filetype_inc
 	*.m		g:filetype_m	|ft-mathematica-syntax|
+	*.mod		g:filetype_mod
 	*.p		g:filetype_p	|ft-pascal-syntax|
 	*.pl		g:filetype_pl
 	*.pp		g:filetype_pp	|ft-pascal-syntax|
 	*.prg		g:filetype_prg
+	*.r		g:filetype_r
+	*.sql		g:filetype_sql	|ft-sql-syntax|
+	*.src		g:filetype_src
+	*.sys		g:filetype_sys
 	*.sh		g:bash_is_sh	|ft-sh-syntax|
 	*.tex		g:tex_flavor	|ft-tex-plugin|
 	*.w		g:filetype_w	|ft-cweb-syntax|
 
+For a few filetypes the global variable is used only when the filetype could
+not be detected:
+	*.r		g:filetype_r	|ft-rexx-syntax|
+
 							*filetype-ignore*
 To avoid that certain files are being inspected, the g:ft_ignore_pat variable
 is used.  The default value is set like this: >

runtime/doc/ft_sql.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*ft_sql.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2019 Dec 07
+*ft_sql.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Apr 06
 
 by David Fishburn
 
@@ -559,7 +559,7 @@ the SQL completion plugin. >
 <	1. After typing SELECT press <C-C>t to display a list of tables.
 	2. Highlight the table you need the column list for.
 	3. Press <Enter> to choose the table from the list.
-	4. Press <C-C>l to request a comma separated list of all columns
+	4. Press <C-C>l to request a comma-separated list of all columns
 	   for this table.
 	5. Based on the table name chosen in step 3, the plugin attempts to
 	   decide on a reasonable table alias.	You are then prompted to
@@ -613,7 +613,7 @@ your |vimrc|: >
 >
     omni_sql_use_tbl_alias
 <	- Default: a
-	- This setting is only used when generating a comma separated
+	- This setting is only used when generating a comma-separated
 	  column list.	By default the map is <C-C>l.  When generating
 	  a column list, an alias can be prepended to the beginning of each
 	  column, for example:	e.emp_id, e.emp_name.  This option has three
@@ -697,9 +697,9 @@ plugin. >
     <C-C>c
 <       - Displays a list of columns for a specific table. >
     <C-C>l
-<       - Displays a comma separated list of columns for a specific table. >
+<       - Displays a comma-separated list of columns for a specific table. >
     <C-C>L
-<       - Displays a comma separated list of columns for a specific table.
+<       - Displays a comma-separated list of columns for a specific table.
 	  This should only be used when the completion window is active. >
     <Right>
 <	- Displays a list of columns for the table currently highlighted in

runtime/doc/gui.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*gui.txt*       For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Mar 02
+*gui.txt*       For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Apr 03
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ Other GUI documentation:
 
 First you must make sure you actually have a version of Vim with the GUI code
 included.  You can check this with the ":version" command, it says "with xxx
-GUI", where "xxx" is X11-Motif, X11-Athena, Photon, GTK2, GTK3, etc., or
+GUI", where "xxx" is X11-Motif, Photon, GTK2, GTK3, etc., or
 "MS-Windows 32 bit GUI version".
 
 How to start the GUI depends on the system used.  Mostly you can run the
@@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ There are a number of options which only have meaning in the GUI version of
 Vim.  These are 'guicursor', 'guifont', 'guipty' and 'guioptions'.  They are
 documented in |options.txt| with all the other options.
 
-If using the Motif or Athena version of the GUI (but not for the GTK+ or
+If using the Motif version of the GUI (but not for the GTK+ or
 Win32 version), a number of X resources are available.  See |gui-resources|.
 
 Another way to set the colors for different occasions is with highlight
@@ -236,7 +236,7 @@ takes too much time or you don't like the cursor jumping to another line,
 include the 'h' flag in 'guioptions'.  Then the scrolling is limited by the
 text of the current cursor line.
 
-							*athena-intellimouse*
+							*motif-intellimouse*
 If you have an Intellimouse and an X server that supports using the wheel,
 then you can use the wheel to scroll the text up and down in gvim.  This works
 with XFree86 4.0 and later, and with some older versions when you add patches.
@@ -261,6 +261,7 @@ Other options that are relevant:
 'mousefocus'	window focus follows mouse pointer |gui-mouse-focus|
 'mousemodel'	what mouse button does which action
 'mousehide'	hide mouse pointer while typing text
+'mousemoveevent' enable mouse move events so that <MouseMove> can be mapped
 'selectmode'	whether to start Select mode or Visual mode
 
 A quick way to set these is with the ":behave" command.
@@ -406,6 +407,9 @@ These mappings make selection work the way it probably should in a Motif
 application, with shift-left mouse allowing for extending the visual area
 rather than the right mouse button.
 
+<MouseMove> may be mapped, but 'mousemoveevent' must be enabled to use the
+mapping.
+
 Mouse mapping with modifiers does not work for modeless selection.
 
 
@@ -742,7 +746,7 @@ because the item will never be selected.  Use a single colon to keep it
 simple.
 
 							*gui-toolbar*
-The toolbar is currently available in the Win32, Athena, Motif, GTK+ (X11),
+The toolbar is currently available in the Win32, Motif, GTK+ (X11),
 and Photon GUI.  It should turn up in other GUIs in due course.  The
 default toolbar is setup in menu.vim.
 The display of the toolbar is controlled by the 'guioptions' letter 'T'.  You
@@ -858,7 +862,7 @@ The window toolbar uses the ToolbarLine and ToolbarButton highlight groups.
 When splitting the window the window toolbar is not copied to the new window.
 
 							*popup-menu*
-In the Win32, GTK+, Motif, Athena and Photon GUI, you can define the
+In the Win32, GTK+, Motif and Photon GUI, you can define the
 special menu "PopUp".  This is the menu that is displayed when the right mouse
 button is pressed, if 'mousemodel' is set to popup or popup_setpos.
 Example: >

runtime/doc/gui_x11.txt

@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
-*gui_x11.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Jun 05
+*gui_x11.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Apr 03
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
 
 
 Vim's Graphical User Interface				*gui-x11* *GUI-X11*
-							*Athena* *Motif*
+							*Motif*
 1. Starting the X11 GUI		|gui-x11-start|
 2. GUI Resources		|gui-resources|
 3. Shell Commands		|gui-pty|
@@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ flag in 'guioptions'.  |-f|.
 ==============================================================================
 2. GUI Resources			*gui-resources* *.Xdefaults*
 
-If using the Motif or Athena version of the GUI (not for the KDE, GTK+ or Win32
+If using the Motif version of the GUI (not for the KDE, GTK+ or Win32
 version), a number of X resources are available.  You should use Vim's class
 "Vim" when setting these.  They are as follows:
 
@@ -96,7 +96,6 @@ version), a number of X resources are available.  You should use Vim's class
 			is same size as terminal that started it).
     scrollbarWidth	Thickness of scrollbars.
     borderWidth		Thickness of border around text area.
-    menuHeight		Height of the menu bar (only for Athena).
 
 A special font for italic, bold, and italic-bold text will only be used if
 the user has specified one via a resource.  No attempt is made to guess what
@@ -135,12 +134,9 @@ which make Motif applications look even better, highly recommended!
 
 The "Vim*fontList" is to set the menu font for Motif.  Example: >
 	Vim*menuBar*fontList:	     -*-courier-medium-r-*-*-10-*-*-*-*-*-*-*
-With Athena: >
-	Vim*menuBar*SmeBSB*font:     -*-courier-medium-r-*-*-10-*-*-*-*-*-*-*
-	Vim*menuBar*MenuButton*font: -*-courier-medium-r-*-*-10-*-*-*-*-*-*-*
 
 NOTE: A more portable, and indeed more correct, way to specify the menu font
-in either Motif or Athena is through the resource: >
+in Motif is through the resource: >
 	Vim.menuFont:	     -*-courier-medium-r-*-*-10-*-*-*-*-*-*-*
 Or, when compiled with the |+xfontset| feature: >
 	Vim.menuFontSet:     -*-courier-medium-r-*-*-10-*-*-*-*-*-*-*
@@ -255,7 +251,7 @@ For example: >
   :10vmenu File.Print :w !lpr -Php3
 <
 							*X11-icon*
-Vim uses a black&white icon by default when compiled with Motif or Athena.  A
+Vim uses a black&white icon by default when compiled with Motif.  A
 colored Vim icon is included as $VIMRUNTIME/vim32x32.xpm.  For GTK+, this is
 the builtin icon used.  Unfortunately, how you should install it depends on
 your window manager.  When you use this, remove the 'i' flag from
@@ -594,8 +590,7 @@ GTK+ files on your system.  When both GTK+ 2 and GTK+ 3 are available, GTK+ 2
 will be chosen unless --enable-gui=gtk3 is passed explicitly to configure.
 
 If the GTK+ files cannot be found, then the Motif files will be searched for.
-Finally, if this fails, the Athena files will be searched for.  If all three
+If both fail, the GUI will be disabled.
-fail, the GUI will be disabled.
 
 For GTK+, Vim's configuration process uses pkg-config(1) to check if the
 GTK+ required for a specified build is properly installed and usable.
@@ -621,10 +616,10 @@ explicitly to configure, and avoid passing --enable-gnome-check to that, as
 the functionality of the GNOME 2 support has already been consolidated in
 GTK+ 3.
 
-Otherwise, if you are using Motif or Athena, when you have the Motif or Athena
+Otherwise, if you are using Motif, when you have the Motif files in a
-files in a directory where configure doesn't look, edit the Makefile to enter
+directory where configure doesn't look, edit the Makefile to enter the names
-the names of the directories.  Search for "GUI_INC_LOC" for an example to set
+of the directories.  Search for "GUI_INC_LOC" for an example to set
-the Motif directories, "CONF_OPT_X" for Athena.
+the Motif directories.
 
 							*gui-x11-gtk*
 Currently, Vim supports both GTK+ 2 and GTK+ 3.
@@ -643,18 +638,11 @@ few problems, but you might make it compile and run with a bit of work, please
 send me the patches if you do).  The newest releases of LessTif have been
 reported to work fine too.
 
-							*gui-x11-athena*
+					    *gui-x11-athena* *gui-x11-neXtaw*
-The Athena version uses the Xaw widget set by default.  If you have the 3D
+Support for the Athena GUI and neXtaw was removed in patch 8.2.4677.
-version, you might want to link with Xaw3d instead.  This will make the
-menus look a bit better.  Edit the Makefile and look for "XAW_LIB".  The
-scrollbars will remain the same, because Vim has its own, which are already
-3D (in fact, they look more like Motif).
-
-							*gui-x11-neXtaw*
-The neXtaw version is mostly like Athena, but uses different widgets.
 
 							*gui-x11-misc*
-In general, do not try to mix files from different GTK+, Motif, Athena and X11
+In general, do not try to mix files from different GTK+, Motif and X11
 versions.  This will cause problems.  For example, using header files for
 X11R5 with a library for X11R6 probably doesn't work (although the linking
 won't give an error message, Vim will crash later).

runtime/doc/indent.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*indent.txt*    For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Jan 31
+*indent.txt*    For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Apr 07
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -42,11 +42,12 @@ is not a C compiler: it does not recognize all syntax.  One requirement is
 that toplevel functions have a '{' in the first column.  Otherwise they are
 easily confused with declarations.
 
-These four options control C program indenting:
+These five options control C program indenting:
 'cindent'	Enables Vim to perform C program indenting automatically.
 'cinkeys'	Specifies which keys trigger reindenting in insert mode.
 'cinoptions'	Sets your preferred indent style.
 'cinwords'	Defines keywords that start an extra indent in the next line.
+'cinscopedecls'	Defines strings that are recognized as a C++ scope declaration.
 
 If 'lisp' is not on and 'equalprg' is empty, the "=" operator indents using
 Vim's built-in algorithm rather than calling an external program.
@@ -293,8 +294,9 @@ The examples below assume a 'shiftwidth' of 4.
 <
 							*cino-g*
 	gN    Place C++ scope declarations N characters from the indent of the
-	      block they are in.  (default 'shiftwidth').  A scope declaration
+	      block they are in.  (default 'shiftwidth'). By default, a scope 
-	      can be "public:", "protected:" or "private:".
+	      declaration is "public:", "protected:" or "private:". This can
+	      be adjusted with the 'cinscopedecls' option.
 
 		cino=		    cino=g0 >
 		  {		      {

runtime/doc/index.txt

@@ -939,7 +939,7 @@ tag		command	      note action in Visual mode	~
 |v_K|		K		   run 'keywordprg' on the highlighted area
 |v_O|		O		   move horizontally to other corner of area
 |v_P|		P		   replace highlighted area with register
-				   contents; unnamed register is unchanged
+				   contents; registers are unchanged
 		Q		   does not start Ex mode
 |v_R|		R		2  delete the highlighted lines and start
 				   insert

runtime/doc/insert.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*insert.txt*    For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Mar 28
+*insert.txt*    For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Apr 06
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -272,7 +272,7 @@ CTRL-]		Trigger abbreviation, without inserting a character.
 
 						*i_backspacing*
 The effect of the <BS>, CTRL-W, and CTRL-U depend on the 'backspace' option
-(unless 'revins' is set).  This is a comma separated list of items:
+(unless 'revins' is set).  This is a comma-separated list of items:
 
 item	    action ~
 indent	    allow backspacing over autoindent
@@ -1196,7 +1196,7 @@ three lines, but 'previewheight' is used when it has a value of 1 or 2.
 						*complete-popup*
 When "popup" is in 'completeopt' a popup window is used to display the "info".
 Then the 'completepopup' option specifies the properties of the popup.  This
-is used when the info popup is created.  The option is a comma separated list
+is used when the info popup is created.  The option is a comma-separated list
 of values:
 	height		maximum height of the popup
 	width		maximum width of the popup

runtime/doc/intro.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*intro.txt*     For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Mar 03
+*intro.txt*     For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Apr 03
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -213,7 +213,7 @@ Vim would never have become what it is now, without the help of these people!
 	Daniel Elstner		GTK+ 2 port
 	Eric Fischer		Mac port, 'cindent', and other improvements
 	Benji Fisher		Answering lots of user questions
-	Bill Foster		Athena GUI port
+	Bill Foster		Athena GUI port (later removed)
 	Google			Lets me work on Vim one day a week
 	Loic Grenie		xvim (ideas for multi windows version)
 	Sven Guckes		Vim promoter and previous WWW page maintainer

runtime/doc/map.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*map.txt*       For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Mar 03
+*map.txt*       For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Apr 14
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -697,6 +697,10 @@ The special key name "<Plug>" can be used for an internal mapping, which is
 not to be matched with any key sequence.  This is useful in plugins
 |using-<Plug>|.
 
+							*<MouseMove>*
+The special key name "<MouseMove>" can be used to handle mouse movement.  It
+needs to be enabled with 'mousemoveevent'.  Currently only works in the GUI.
+
 							*<Char>* *<Char->*
 To map a character by its decimal, octal or hexadecimal number the <Char>
 construct can be used:
@@ -1320,7 +1324,8 @@ underscore.  Example: >
 could define a mapping "<SNR>23_Add".
 
 When defining a function in a script, "s:" can be prepended to the name to
-make it local to the script.  But when a mapping is executed from outside of
+make it local to the script (in |Vim9| script functions without a prefix are
+local to the script).  But when a mapping is executed from outside of
 the script, it doesn't know in which script the function was defined.  To
 avoid this problem, use "<SID>" instead of "s:".  The same translation is done
 as for mappings.  This makes it possible to define a call to the function in

runtime/doc/mbyte.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*mbyte.txt*     For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Jan 20
+*mbyte.txt*     For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Apr 03
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar et al.
@@ -702,7 +702,7 @@ USING RESOURCE FILES
 Instead of specifying 'guifontset', you can set X11 resources and Vim will
 pick them up.  This is only for people who know how X resource files work.
 
-For Motif and Athena insert these three lines in your $HOME/.Xdefaults file:
+For Motif insert these three lines in your $HOME/.Xdefaults file:
 
 	Vim.font: |base_font_name_list|
 	Vim*fontSet: |base_font_name_list|
@@ -1280,7 +1280,7 @@ internally.
 
 Vim has comprehensive UTF-8 support.  It works well in:
 - xterm with UTF-8 support enabled
-- Athena, Motif and GTK GUI
+- Motif and GTK GUI
 - MS-Windows GUI
 - several other platforms
 

runtime/doc/motion.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*motion.txt*    For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2021 Dec 27
+*motion.txt*    For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Apr 18
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -33,7 +33,8 @@ know what the hjkl keys do.  The mnemonic value of hjkl is clear from looking
 at the keyboard.  Think of j as an arrow pointing downwards.
 
 The 'virtualedit' option can be set to make it possible to move the cursor to
-positions where there is no character or halfway a character.
+positions where there is no character or within a multi-column character (like
+a tab).
 
 ==============================================================================
 1. Motions and operators				*operator*
@@ -445,35 +446,35 @@ between Vi and Vim.
 5. Text object motions					*object-motions*
 
 							*(*
-(			[count] sentences backward.  |exclusive| motion.
+(			[count] |sentence|s backward.  |exclusive| motion.
 
 							*)*
-)			[count] sentences forward.  |exclusive| motion.
+)			[count] |sentence|s forward.  |exclusive| motion.
 
 							*{*
-{			[count] paragraphs backward.  |exclusive| motion.
+{			[count] |paragraph|s backward.  |exclusive| motion.
 
 							*}*
-}			[count] paragraphs forward.  |exclusive| motion.
+}			[count] |paragraph|s forward.  |exclusive| motion.
 
 							*]]*
-]]			[count] sections forward or to the next '{' in the
+]]			[count] |section|s forward or to the next '{' in the
 			first column.  When used after an operator, then also
 			stops below a '}' in the first column.  |exclusive|
 			Note that |exclusive-linewise| often applies.
 
 							*][*
-][			[count] sections forward or to the next '}' in the
+][			[count] |section|s forward or to the next '}' in the
 			first column.  |exclusive|
 			Note that |exclusive-linewise| often applies.
 
 							*[[*
-[[			[count] sections backward or to the previous '{' in
+[[			[count] |section|s backward or to the previous '{' in
 			the first column.  |exclusive|
 			Note that |exclusive-linewise| often applies.
 
 							*[]*
-[]			[count] sections backward or to the previous '}' in
+[]			[count] |section|s backward or to the previous '}' in
 			the first column.  |exclusive|
 			Note that |exclusive-linewise| often applies.
 
@@ -1076,6 +1077,9 @@ The "file/text" column shows the file name, or the text at the jump if it is
 in the current file (an indent is removed and a long line is truncated to fit
 in the window).
 
+The marker ">" indicates the current position in the jumplist.  It may not be
+shown when filtering the |:jumps| command using |:filter|
+
 You are currently in line 1167.  If you then use the CTRL-O command, the
 cursor is put in line 1154.  This results in:
 

runtime/doc/netbeans.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*netbeans.txt*  For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Nov 02
+*netbeans.txt*  For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Apr 03
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Gordon Prieur et al.
@@ -124,12 +124,12 @@ In case you do not want the NetBeans interface you can disable it by
 uncommenting a line with "--disable-netbeans" in the Makefile.
 
 Currently the NetBeans interface is supported by Vim running in a terminal and
-by gvim when it is run with one of the following GUIs: GTK, GNOME, Windows,
+by gvim when it is run with one of the following GUIs: GTK, GNOME, Windows
-Athena and Motif.
+and Motif.
 
 							*netbeans-xpm*
 If Motif support is required the user must supply XPM libraries.
-The XPM library is required to show images within Vim with Motif or Athena.
+The XPM library is required to show images within Vim with Motif.
 Without it the toolbar and signs will be disabled.
 
 The XPM library is provided by Arnaud Le Hors of the French National Institute

runtime/doc/options.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*options.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Mar 29
+*options.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Apr 13
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ achieve special effects.  These options come in three forms:
 :se[t] {option}+={value}				*:set+=*
 			Add the {value} to a number option, or append the
 			{value} to a string option.  When the option is a
-			comma separated list, a comma is added, unless the
+			comma-separated list, a comma is added, unless the
 			value was empty.
 			If the option is a list of flags, superfluous flags
 			are removed.  When adding a flag that was already
@@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ achieve special effects.  These options come in three forms:
 :se[t] {option}^={value}				*:set^=*
 			Multiply the {value} to a number option, or prepend
 			the {value} to a string option.  When the option is a
-			comma separated list, a comma is added, unless the
+			comma-separated list, a comma is added, unless the
 			value was empty.
 			Also see |:set-args| above.
 
@@ -1019,7 +1019,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 'backupcopy' 'bkc'	string	(Vi default for Unix: "yes", otherwise: "auto")
 			global or local to buffer |global-local|
 	When writing a file and a backup is made, this option tells how it's
-	done.  This is a comma separated list of words.
+	done.  This is a comma-separated list of words.
 
 	The main values are:
 	"yes"	make a copy of the file and overwrite the original one
@@ -1043,10 +1043,10 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	  file.
 	- When the file is a link the new file will not be a link.
 
-	The "auto" value is the middle way: When Vim sees that renaming file
+	The "auto" value is the middle way: When Vim sees that renaming the
-	is possible without side effects (the attributes can be passed on and
+	file is possible without side effects (the attributes can be passed on
-	the file is not a link) that is used.  When problems are expected, a
+	and the file is not a link) that is used.  When problems are expected,
-	copy will be made.
+	a copy will be made.
 
 	The "breaksymlink" and "breakhardlink" values can be used in
 	combination with any of "yes", "no" and "auto".  When included, they
@@ -1065,13 +1065,13 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 
 	When a copy is made, the original file is truncated and then filled
 	with the new text.  This means that protection bits, owner and
-	symbolic links of the original file are unmodified.  The backup file
+	symbolic links of the original file are unmodified.  The backup file,
 	however, is a new file, owned by the user who edited the file.  The
 	group of the backup is set to the group of the original file.  If this
 	fails, the protection bits for the group are made the same as for
 	others.
 
-	When the file is renamed this is the other way around: The backup has
+	When the file is renamed, this is the other way around: The backup has
 	the same attributes of the original file, and the newly written file
 	is owned by the current user.  When the file was a (hard/symbolic)
 	link, the new file will not!  That's why the "auto" value doesn't
@@ -1138,7 +1138,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	accidentally overwriting existing files with a backup file.  You might
 	prefer using ".bak", but make sure that you don't have files with
 	".bak" that you want to keep.
-	Only normal file name characters can be used, "/\*?[|<>" are illegal.
+	Only normal file name characters can be used; "/\*?[|<>" are illegal.
 
 	If you like to keep a lot of backups, you could use a BufWritePre
 	autocommand to change 'backupext' just before writing the file to
@@ -1265,6 +1265,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	separated list of items. For each item that is present, the bell
 	will be silenced. This is most useful to specify specific events in
 	insert mode to be silenced.
+	You can also make it flash by using 'visualbell'.
 
 	item	    meaning when present	~
 	all	    All events.
@@ -1290,6 +1291,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	register    Unknown register after <C-R> in |Insert-mode|.
 	shell	    Bell from shell output |:!|.
 	spell	    Error happened on spell suggest.
+	term	    Bell from |:terminal| output.
 	wildmode    More matches in |cmdline-completion| available
 		    (depends on the 'wildmode' setting).
 
@@ -1390,19 +1392,25 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			    characters.  It permits dynamic French paragraph
 			    indentation (negative) or emphasizing the line
 			    continuation (positive).
+			    (default: 0)
 		sbr	    Display the 'showbreak' value before applying the
 			    additional indent.
+			    (default: off)
 		list:{n}    Adds an additional indent for lines that match a
 			    numbered or bulleted list (using the
 			    'formatlistpat' setting).
 		list:-1	    Uses the length of a match with 'formatlistpat'
 			    for indentation.
-	The default value for min is 20, shift and list is 0.
+			    (default: 0)
+		column:{n}  Indent at column {n}. Will overrule the other
+			    sub-options. Note: an additional indent may be
+			    added for the 'showbreak' setting.
+			    (default: off)
 
 						*'browsedir'* *'bsdir'*
 'browsedir' 'bsdir'	string	(default: "last")
 			global
-			{only for Motif, Athena, GTK, Mac and Win32 GUI}
+			{only for Motif, GTK, Mac and Win32 GUI}
 	Which directory to use for the file browser:
 	   last		Use same directory as with last file browser, where a
 			file was opened or saved.
@@ -1416,16 +1424,16 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	This option specifies what happens when a buffer is no longer
 	displayed in a window:
 	  <empty>	follow the global 'hidden' option
-	  hide		hide the buffer (don't unload it), also when 'hidden'
+	  hide		hide the buffer (don't unload it), even if 'hidden' is
-			is not set
+			not set
-	  unload	unload the buffer, also when 'hidden' is set or using
+	  unload	unload the buffer, even if 'hidden' is set; the
-			|:hide|
+			|:hide| command will also unlod the buffer
-	  delete	delete the buffer from the buffer list, also when
+	  delete	delete the buffer from the buffer list, even if
-			'hidden' is set or using |:hide|, like using
+			'hidden' is set; the |:hide| command will also delete
-			|:bdelete|
+			the buffer, making it behave like |:bdelete|
-	  wipe		wipe out the buffer from the buffer list, also when
+	  wipe		wipe the buffer from the buffer list, even if
-			'hidden' is set or using |:hide|, like using
+			'hidden' is set; the |:hide| command will also wipe
-			|:bwipeout|
+			out the buffer, making it behave like |:bwipeout|
 
 	CAREFUL: when "unload", "delete" or "wipe" is used changes in a buffer
 	are lost without a warning.  Also, these values may break autocommands
@@ -1661,13 +1669,23 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	matter, include the keyword both the uppercase and lowercase:
 	"if,If,IF".
 
-						*'clipboard'* *'cb'*
+						*'cinscopedecls'* *'cinsd'*
+'cinscopedecls' 'cinsd'	string	(default "public,protected,private")
+			local to buffer
+			{not available when compiled without the |+cindent|
+			feature}
+	Keywords that are interpreted as a C++ scope declaration by |cino-g|.
+	Useful e.g. for working with the Qt framework that defines additional
+	scope declarations "signals", "public slots" and "private slots": >
+		set cinscopedecls+=signals,public\ slots,private\ slots
+
+<						*'clipboard'* *'cb'*
 'clipboard' 'cb'	string	(default "autoselect,exclude:cons\|linux"
 						  for X-windows, "" otherwise)
 			global
 			{only in GUI versions or when the |+xterm_clipboard|
 			feature is included}
-	This option is a list of comma separated names.
+	This option is a list of comma-separated names.
 	Note: if one of the items is "exclude:", then you can't add an item
 	after that.  Therefore do append an item with += but use ^= to
 	prepend, e.g.: >
@@ -1768,7 +1786,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			local to window
 			{not available when compiled without the |+syntax|
 			feature}
-	'colorcolumn' is a comma separated list of screen columns that are
+	'colorcolumn' is a comma-separated list of screen columns that are
 	highlighted with ColorColumn |hl-ColorColumn|.  Useful to align
 	text.  Will make screen redrawing slower.
 	The screen column can be an absolute number, or a number preceded with
@@ -1802,7 +1820,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 'comments' 'com'	string	(default
 				"s1:/*,mb:*,ex:*/,://,b:#,:%,:XCOMM,n:>,fb:-")
 			local to buffer
-	A comma separated list of strings that can start a comment line.  See
+	A comma-separated list of strings that can start a comment line.  See
 	|format-comments|.  See |option-backslash| about using backslashes to
 	insert a space.
 
@@ -1943,7 +1961,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	This option specifies how keyword completion |ins-completion| works
 	when CTRL-P or CTRL-N are used.  It is also used for whole-line
 	completion |i_CTRL-X_CTRL-L|.  It indicates the type of completion
-	and the places to scan.  It is a comma separated list of flags:
+	and the places to scan.  It is a comma-separated list of flags:
 	.	scan the current buffer ('wrapscan' is ignored)
 	w	scan buffers from other windows
 	b	scan other loaded buffers that are in the buffer list
@@ -2012,7 +2030,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 						*'completeopt'* *'cot'*
 'completeopt' 'cot'	string	(default: "menu,preview")
 			global
-	A comma separated list of options for Insert mode completion
+	A comma-separated list of options for Insert mode completion
 	|ins-completion|.  The supported values are:
 
 	   menu	    Use a popup menu to show the possible completions.  The
@@ -2628,7 +2646,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			local to window
 			{not available when compiled without the |+syntax|
 			feature}
-	Comma separated list of settings for how 'cursorline' is displayed.
+	Comma-separated list of settings for how 'cursorline' is displayed.
 	Valid values:
 	"line"		Highlight the text line of the cursor with
 			CursorLine |hl-CursorLine|.
@@ -2908,7 +2926,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 'display' 'dy'		string	(default "", set to "truncate" in
 							       |defaults.vim|)
 			global
-	Change the way text is displayed.  This is comma separated list of
+	Change the way text is displayed.  This is comma-separated list of
 	flags:
 	lastline	When included, as much as possible of the last line
 			in a window will be displayed.  "@@@" is put in the
@@ -3112,7 +3130,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	A list of autocommand event names, which are to be ignored.
 	When set to "all" or when "all" is one of the items, all autocommand
 	events are ignored, autocommands will not be executed.
-	Otherwise this is a comma separated list of event names.  Example: >
+	Otherwise this is a comma-separated list of event names.  Example: >
 	    :set ei=WinEnter,WinLeave
 <
 				 *'expandtab'* *'et'* *'noexpandtab'* *'noet'*
@@ -3372,7 +3390,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			{not available when compiled without the |+folding|
 			feature}
 	Characters to fill the statuslines and vertical separators.
-	It is a comma separated list of items:
+	It is a comma-separated list of items:
 
 	  item		default		Used for ~
 	  stl:c		' ' or '^'	statusline of the current window
@@ -3562,7 +3580,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			{not available when compiled without the |+folding|
 			feature}
 	Specifies for which type of commands folds will be opened, if the
-	command moves the cursor into a closed fold.  It is a comma separated
+	command moves the cursor into a closed fold.  It is a comma-separated
 	list of items.
 	NOTE: When the command is part of a mapping this option is not used.
 	Add the |zv| command to the mapping to get the same effect.
@@ -3780,7 +3798,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	For a console the 't_SI', 't_SR', and 't_EI' escape sequences are
 	used.
 
-	The option is a comma separated list of parts.  Each part consist of a
+	The option is a comma-separated list of parts.  Each part consist of a
 	mode-list and an argument-list:
 		mode-list:argument-list,mode-list:argument-list,..
 	The mode-list is a dash separated list of these modes:
@@ -3899,7 +3917,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 						*'guioptions'* *'go'*
 'guioptions' 'go'	string	(default "egmrLtT"   (MS-Windows,
 					   "t" is removed in |defaults.vim|),
-					 "aegimrLtT" (GTK, Motif and Athena),
+					 "aegimrLtT" (GTK and Motif),
 					 )
 			global
 			{only available when compiled with GUI enabled}
@@ -3980,13 +3998,12 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 								*'go-g'*
 	  'g'	Grey menu items: Make menu items that are not active grey.  If
 		'g' is not included inactive menu items are not shown at all.
-		Exception: Athena will always use grey menu items.
 								*'go-t'*
 	  't'	Include tearoff menu items.  Currently only works for Win32,
 		GTK+, and Motif 1.2 GUI.
 								*'go-T'*
-	  'T'	Include Toolbar.  Currently only in Win32, GTK+, Motif, Photon
+	  'T'	Include Toolbar.  Currently only in Win32, GTK+, Motif and
-		and Athena GUIs.
+		Photon GUIs.
 								*'go-r'*
 	  'r'	Right-hand scrollbar is always present.
 								*'go-R'*
@@ -4092,7 +4109,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			global
 			{only available when compiled with the |+multi_lang|
 			feature}
-	Comma separated list of languages.  Vim will use the first language
+	Comma-separated list of languages.  Vim will use the first language
 	for which the desired help can be found.  The English help will always
 	be used as a last resort.  You can add "en" to prefer English over
 	another language, but that will only find tags that exist in that
@@ -4111,10 +4128,14 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	When off a buffer is unloaded when it is |abandon|ed.  When on a
 	buffer becomes hidden when it is |abandon|ed.  If the buffer is still
 	displayed in another window, it does not become hidden, of course.
+
 	The commands that move through the buffer list sometimes make a buffer
-	hidden although the 'hidden' option is off: When the buffer is
+	hidden even if the 'hidden' option is off when these three are true:
-	modified, 'autowrite' is off or writing is not possible, and the '!'
+	- the buffer is modified
-	flag was used.  See also |windows.txt|.
+	- 'autowrite' is off or writing is not possible
+	- the '!' flag was used
+	Also see |windows.txt|.
+
 	To only make one buffer hidden use the 'bufhidden' option.
 	This option is set for one command with ":hide {command}" |:hide|.
 	WARNING: It's easy to forget that you have changes in hidden buffers.
@@ -4140,7 +4161,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 				     z:StatusLineTerm,Z:StatusLineTermNC")
 			global
 	This option can be used to set highlighting mode for various
-	occasions.  It is a comma separated list of character pairs.  The
+	occasions.  It is a comma-separated list of character pairs.  The
 	first character in a pair gives the occasion, the second the mode to
 	use for that occasion.  The occasions are:
 	|hl-SpecialKey|	 8  Meta and special keys listed with ":map"
@@ -4152,6 +4173,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	|hl-ErrorMsg|	 e  error messages
 			 h  (obsolete, ignored)
 	|hl-IncSearch|	 i  'incsearch' highlighting
+	|hl-CurSearch|	 y  current instance of last search pattern
 	|hl-Search|	 l  last search pattern highlighting (see 'hlsearch')
 	|hl-MoreMsg|	 m  |more-prompt|
 	|hl-ModeMsg|	 M  Mode (e.g., "-- INSERT --")
@@ -4395,7 +4417,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	|i_CTRL-^|.
 	The value is set to 1 when setting 'keymap' to a valid keymap name.
 	It is also used for the argument of commands like "r" and "f".
-	The value 0 may not work correctly with Athena and Motif with some XIM
+	The value 0 may not work correctly with Motif with some XIM
 	methods.  Use 'imdisable' to disable XIM then.
 
 	You can set 'imactivatefunc' and 'imstatusfunc' to handle IME/XIM
@@ -4416,7 +4438,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	|c_CTRL-^|.
 	The value is set to 1 when it is not -1 and setting the 'keymap'
 	option to a valid keymap name.
-	The value 0 may not work correctly with Athena and Motif with some XIM
+	The value 0 may not work correctly with Motif with some XIM
 	methods.  Use 'imdisable' to disable XIM then.
 
 						*'imstatusfunc'* *'imsf'*
@@ -4807,7 +4829,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 					*'keymodel'* *'km'*
 'keymodel' 'km'		string	(default "")
 			global
-	List of comma separated words, which enable special things that keys
+	List of comma-separated words, which enable special things that keys
 	can do.  These values can be used:
 	   startsel	Using a shifted special key starts selection (either
 			Select mode or Visual mode, depending on "key" being
@@ -5008,7 +5030,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			global or local to buffer |global-local|
 			{not available when compiled without the |+lispindent|
 			feature}
-	Comma separated list of words that influence the Lisp indenting.
+	Comma-separated list of words that influence the Lisp indenting.
 	|'lisp'|
 
 						*'list'* *'nolist'*
@@ -5032,7 +5054,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 'listchars' 'lcs'	string	(default "eol:$")
 			global or local to window |global-local|
 	Strings to use in 'list' mode and for the |:list| command.  It is a
-	comma separated list of string settings.
+	comma-separated list of string settings.
 							*lcs-eol*
 	  eol:c		Character to show at the end of each line.  When
 			omitted, there is no extra character at the end of the
@@ -5517,6 +5539,18 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 
 	The 'mousemodel' option is set by the |:behave| command.
 
+						*'mousemoveevent'* *'mousemev'*
+'mousemoveevent' 'mousemev'  boolean	(default off)
+			global
+			{only works in the GUI}
+	When on, mouse move events are delivered to the input queue and are
+	available for mapping. The default, off, avoids the mouse movement
+	overhead except when needed. See |gui-mouse-mapping|.
+	Warning: Setting this option can make pending mappings to be aborted
+	when the mouse is moved.
+	Currently only works in the GUI, may be made to work in a terminal
+	later.
+
 					*'mouseshape'* *'mouses'* *E547*
 'mouseshape' 'mouses'	string	(default "i-r:beam,s:updown,sd:udsizing,
 					vs:leftright,vd:lrsizing,m:no,
@@ -5525,7 +5559,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			{only available when compiled with the |+mouseshape|
 			feature}
 	This option tells Vim what the mouse pointer should look like in
-	different modes.  The option is a comma separated list of parts, much
+	different modes.  The option is a comma-separated list of parts, much
 	like used for 'guicursor'.  Each part consist of a mode/location-list
 	and an argument-list:
 		mode-list:shape,mode-list:shape,..
@@ -6666,7 +6700,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 						*'selectmode'* *'slm'*
 'selectmode' 'slm'	string	(default "")
 			global
-	This is a comma separated list of words, which specifies when to start
+	This is a comma-separated list of words, which specifies when to start
 	Select mode instead of Visual mode, when a selection is started.
 	Possible values:
 	   mouse	when using the mouse
@@ -7285,7 +7319,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	commands.  It must end in ".{encoding}.add".  You need to include the
 	path, otherwise the file is placed in the current directory.
 								*E765*
-	It may also be a comma separated list of names.  A count before the
+	It may also be a comma-separated list of names.  A count before the
 	|zg| and |zw| commands can be used to access each.  This allows using
 	a personal word list file and a project word list file.
 	When a word is added while this option is empty Vim will set it for
@@ -7307,7 +7341,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			local to buffer
 			{not available when compiled without the |+syntax|
 			feature}
-	A comma separated list of word list names.  When the 'spell' option is
+	A comma-separated list of word list names.  When the 'spell' option is
 	on spellchecking will be done for these languages.  Example: >
 		set spelllang=en_us,nl,medical
 <	This means US English, Dutch and medical words are recognized.  Words
@@ -7352,7 +7386,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			local to buffer
 			{not available when compiled without the |+syntax|
 			feature}
-	A comma separated list of options for spell checking:
+	A comma-separated list of options for spell checking:
 	   camel	When a word is CamelCased, assume "Cased" is a
 			separate word: every upper-case character in a word
 			that comes after a lower case character indicates the
@@ -7657,7 +7691,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			local to buffer
 			{not available when compiled without the
 			|+file_in_path| feature}
-	Comma separated list of suffixes, which are used when searching for a
+	Comma-separated list of suffixes, which are used when searching for a
 	file for the "gf", "[I", etc. commands.  Example: >
 		:set suffixesadd=.java
 <
@@ -7703,7 +7737,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	This option controls the behavior when switching between buffers.
 	Mostly for |quickfix| commands some values are also used for other
 	commands, as mentioned below.
-	Possible values (comma separated list):
+	Possible values (comma-separated list):
 	   useopen	If included, jump to the first open window that
 			contains the specified buffer (if there is one).
 			Otherwise: Do not examine other windows.
@@ -8045,6 +8079,13 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 <	This requires Vim to be built with the |+vtp| feature.
 
 	Note that the "cterm" attributes are still used, not the "gui" ones.
+
+	When using Vim with Windows Terminal, the background of Windows
+	Terminal is normally filled with the Vim background color.  Setting
+	'termguicolors' and the guibg of the Normal highlight group to NONE
+	will make the background transparent: >
+		:hi Normal guibg=NONE
+<
 	NOTE: This option is reset when 'compatible' is set.
 
 						*'termwinkey'* *'twk'*
@@ -8336,8 +8377,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 				*'toolbar'* *'tb'*
 'toolbar' 'tb'		string	(default "icons,tooltips")
 			global
-			{only for |+GUI_GTK|, |+GUI_Athena|, |+GUI_Motif| and
+			{only for |+GUI_GTK|, |+GUI_Motif| and |+GUI_Photon|}
-			|+GUI_Photon|}
 	The contents of this option controls various toolbar settings.  The
 	possible values are:
 		icons		Toolbar buttons are shown with icons.
@@ -8351,7 +8391,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	If you want the toolbar to be shown with icons as well as text, do the
 	following: >
 		:set tb=icons,text
-<	Motif and Athena cannot display icons and text at the same time.  They
+<	Motif cannot display icons and text at the same time.  They
 	will show icons if both are requested.
 
 	If none of the strings specified in 'toolbar' are valid or if
@@ -8670,7 +8710,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			global
 			{not available when compiled without the |+mksession|
 			feature}
-	Changes the effect of the |:mkview| command.  It is a comma separated
+	Changes the effect of the |:mkview| command.  It is a comma-separated
 	list of words.  Each word enables saving and restoring something:
 	   word		save and restore ~
 	   cursor	cursor position in file and in window
@@ -8700,7 +8740,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	When non-empty, the viminfo file is read upon startup and written
 	when exiting Vim (see |viminfo-file|). Except when 'viminfofile' is
 	"NONE".
-	The string should be a comma separated list of parameters, each
+	The string should be a comma-separated list of parameters, each
 	consisting of a single character identifying the particular parameter,
 	followed by a number or string which specifies the value of that
 	parameter.  If a particular character is left out, then the default
@@ -8823,7 +8863,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 					    *'virtualedit'* *'ve'*
 'virtualedit' 've'	string	(default "")
 			global or local to window |global-local|
-	A comma separated list of these words:
+	A comma-separated list of these words:
 	    block	Allow virtual editing in Visual block mode.
 	    insert	Allow virtual editing in Insert mode.
 	    all		Allow virtual editing in all modes.
@@ -9039,7 +9079,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 'wildmode' 'wim'	string	(Vim default: "full")
 			global
 	Completion mode that is used for the character specified with
-	'wildchar'.  It is a comma separated list of up to four parts.  Each
+	'wildchar'.  It is a comma-separated list of up to four parts.  Each
 	part specifies what to do for each consecutive use of 'wildchar'.  The
 	first part specifies the behavior for the first use of 'wildchar',
 	The second part for the second use, etc.

runtime/doc/pi_netrw.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*pi_netrw.txt*  For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2021 Aug 16
+*pi_netrw.txt*  For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Apr 06
 
 	    ------------------------------------------------
 	    NETRW REFERENCE MANUAL    by Charles E. Campbell
@@ -2815,7 +2815,7 @@ your browsing preferences.  (see also: |netrw-settings|)
 				= 2: wide listing (multiple files in columns)
 				= 3: tree style listing
 
-  *g:netrw_list_hide*		comma separated pattern list for hiding files
+  *g:netrw_list_hide*		comma-separated pattern list for hiding files
 				Patterns are regular expressions (see |regexp|)
 				There's some special support for git-ignore
 				files: you may add the output from the helper

runtime/doc/popup.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*popup.txt*  For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Jan 08
+*popup.txt*  For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Apr 04
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -271,6 +271,11 @@ popup_create({what}, {options})				*popup_create()*
 		'buftype' set to "popup".  That buffer will be wiped out once
 		the popup closes.
 
+		if {what} is a buffer number and loading the buffer runs into
+		an existing swap file, it is silently opened read-only, as if
+		a |SwapExists| autocommand had set |v:swapchoice| to 'o'.
+		This is because we assume the buffer is only used for viewing.
+
 		{options} is a dictionary with many possible entries.
 		See |popup_create-arguments| for details.
 

runtime/doc/quickref.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*quickref.txt*  For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2021 Dec 21
+*quickref.txt*  For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Apr 06
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -643,6 +643,7 @@ Short explanation of each option:		*option-list*
 'cinkeys'	  'cink'    keys that trigger indent when 'cindent' is set
 'cinoptions'	  'cino'    how to do indenting when 'cindent' is set
 'cinwords'	  'cinw'    words where 'si' and 'cin' add an indent
+'cinscopedecls'	  'cinsd'   words that are recognized by 'cino-g' 
 'clipboard'	  'cb'	    use the clipboard as the unnamed register
 'cmdheight'	  'ch'	    number of lines to use for the command-line
 'cmdwinheight'	  'cwh'     height of the command-line window
@@ -814,6 +815,7 @@ Short explanation of each option:		*option-list*
 'mousefocus'	  'mousef'  keyboard focus follows the mouse
 'mousehide'	  'mh'	    hide mouse pointer while typing
 'mousemodel'	  'mousem'  changes meaning of mouse buttons
+'mousemoveevent'  'mousemev'  report mouse moves with <MouseMove>
 'mouseshape'	  'mouses'  shape of the mouse pointer in different modes
 'mousetime'	  'mouset'  max time between mouse double-click
 'mzquantum'	  'mzq'     the interval between polls for MzScheme threads

runtime/doc/repeat.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*repeat.txt*    For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Mar 30
+*repeat.txt*    For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Apr 08
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -1043,18 +1043,24 @@ For example, to profile the one_script.vim script file: >
 
 
 :prof[ile] start {fname}			*:prof* *:profile* *E750*
-		Start profiling, write the output in {fname} upon exit.
+		Start profiling, write the output in {fname} upon exit or when
+		a `:profile stop` or `:profile dump` command is invoked.
 		"~/" and environment variables in {fname} will be expanded.
 		If {fname} already exists it will be silently overwritten.
 		The variable |v:profiling| is set to one.
 
+:prof[ile] stop
+		Write the collected profiling information to the logfile and
+		stop profiling. You can use the `:profile start` command to
+		clear the profiling statistics and start profiling again.
+
 :prof[ile] pause
-		Don't profile until the following ":profile continue".  Can be
+		Don't profile until the following `:profile continue`.  Can be
 		used when doing something that should not be counted (e.g., an
 		external command).  Does not nest.
 
 :prof[ile] continue
-		Continue profiling after ":profile pause".
+		Continue profiling after `:profile pause`.
 
 :prof[ile] func {pattern}
 		Profile function that matches the pattern {pattern}.
@@ -1071,11 +1077,17 @@ For example, to profile the one_script.vim script file: >
 		after this command.  A :profile command in the script itself
 		won't work.
 
+:prof[ile] dump
+		Write the current state of profiling to the logfile
+		immediately.  After running this command, Vim continues to
+		collect the profiling statistics.
 
 :profd[el] ...						*:profd* *:profdel*
 		Stop profiling for the arguments specified. See |:breakdel|
-		for the arguments.
+		for the arguments. Examples: >
-
+			profdel func MyFunc
+			profdel file MyScript.vim
+			profdel here
 
 You must always start with a ":profile start fname" command.  The resulting
 file is written when Vim exits.  For example, to profile one specific

runtime/doc/rileft.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*rileft.txt*    For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2021 Jun 13
+*rileft.txt*    For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Apr 03
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Avner Lottem
@@ -110,9 +110,6 @@ o  Does not support reverse insert and rightleft modes on the command-line.
 o  Somewhat slower in right-to-left mode, because right-to-left motion is
    emulated inside Vim, not by the controlling terminal.
 
-o  When the Athena GUI is used, the bottom scrollbar works in the wrong
-   direction.  This is difficult to fix.
-
 o  When both 'rightleft' and 'revins' are on: 'textwidth' does not work.
    Lines do not wrap at all; you just get a single, long line.
 

runtime/doc/scroll.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*scroll.txt*    For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2019 May 13
+*scroll.txt*    For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Apr 03
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -237,31 +237,34 @@ it works depends on your system.  It might also work in an xterm
 |xterm-mouse-wheel|.  By default only vertical scroll wheels are supported,
 but some GUIs also support horizontal scroll wheels.
 
-For the Win32 GUI the scroll action is hard coded.  It works just like
+On MS-Windows, if the scroll action causes input focus -problems, see
-dragging the scrollbar of the current window.  How many lines are scrolled
+|intellimouse-wheel-problems|.
-depends on your mouse driver.  If the scroll action causes input focus
-problems, see |intellimouse-wheel-problems|.
 
-For the X11 GUIs (Motif, Athena and GTK) scrolling the wheel generates key
+For Win32 and the X11 GUIs (Motif and GTK) scrolling the wheel generates key
 presses <ScrollWheelUp>, <ScrollWheelDown>, <ScrollWheelLeft> and
 <ScrollWheelRight>.  For example, if you push the scroll wheel upwards a
 <ScrollWheelUp> key press is generated causing the window to scroll upwards
 (while the text is actually moving downwards).  The default action for these
 keys are:
-    <ScrollWheelUp>	    scroll three lines up	*<ScrollWheelUp>*
+    <ScrollWheelUp>	    scroll N lines up	        *<ScrollWheelUp>*
     <S-ScrollWheelUp>	    scroll one page up		*<S-ScrollWheelUp>*
     <C-ScrollWheelUp>	    scroll one page up		*<C-ScrollWheelUp>*
-    <ScrollWheelDown>	    scroll three lines down	*<ScrollWheelDown>*
+    <ScrollWheelDown>	    scroll N lines down	        *<ScrollWheelDown>*
     <S-ScrollWheelDown>	    scroll one page down	*<S-ScrollWheelDown>*
     <C-ScrollWheelDown>	    scroll one page down	*<C-ScrollWheelDown>*
-    <ScrollWheelLeft>	    scroll six columns left	*<ScrollWheelLeft>*
+    <ScrollWheelLeft>	    scroll N columns left	*<ScrollWheelLeft>*
     <S-ScrollWheelLeft>	    scroll one page left	*<S-ScrollWheelLeft>*
     <C-ScrollWheelLeft>	    scroll one page left	*<C-ScrollWheelLeft>*
-    <ScrollWheelRight>	    scroll six columns right	*<ScrollWheelRight>*
+    <ScrollWheelRight>	    scroll N columns right	*<ScrollWheelRight>*
     <S-ScrollWheelRight>    scroll one page right	*<S-ScrollWheelRight>*
     <C-ScrollWheelRight>    scroll one page right	*<C-ScrollWheelRight>*
 This should work in all modes, except when editing the command line.
 
+The value of N depends on the system.  By default Vim scrolls three lines when
+moving vertically, and six columns when moving horizontally.  On MS-Windows
+the amount of lines and columns for each scroll action is taken from the
+system-wide settings.
+
 Note that horizontal scrolling only works if 'nowrap' is set.  Also, unless
 the "h" flag in 'guioptions' is set, the cursor moves to the longest visible
 line if the cursor line is about to be scrolled off the screen (similarly to

runtime/doc/starting.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*starting.txt*  For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Feb 01
+*starting.txt*  For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Apr 12
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -344,6 +344,12 @@ a slash.  Thus "-R" means recovery and "-/R" readonly.
 		Example: >
 			vim -V20vimlog foobar
 <
+--log {filename}					*--log*
+		Start logging and write entries to {filename}.
+		This works like calling `ch_logfile({filename}, 'a')` very
+		early during startup.
+		{only available with the +channel feature}
+
 							*-D*
 -D		Debugging.  Go to debugging mode when executing the first
 		command from a script. |debug-mode|
@@ -564,6 +570,7 @@ a slash.  Thus "-R" means recovery and "-/R" readonly.
 		{scriptout} cannot start with a digit.
 		If you want to record what is typed in a human readable for
 		you can use |ch_logfile()|, It adds "raw key input" lines.
+		Also see |--log|.
 
 							*-W*
 -W {scriptout}	Like -w, but do not append, overwrite an existing file.

runtime/doc/syntax.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*syntax.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Mar 02
+*syntax.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Apr 24
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -215,7 +215,7 @@ A syntax group name doesn't specify any color or attributes itself.
 
 The name for a highlight or syntax group must consist of ASCII letters, digits
 and the underscore.  As a regexp: "[a-zA-Z0-9_]*".  However, Vim does not give
-an error when using other characters.  The maxium length of a group name is
+an error when using other characters.  The maximum length of a group name is
 about 200 bytes.  *E1249*
 
 To be able to allow each user to pick their favorite set of colors, there must
@@ -2197,6 +2197,15 @@ $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syntax.vim).
   mv_finance	 mv_logic	mv_powseries
 
 
+MARKDOWN						*ft-markdown-syntax*
+
+If you have long regions there might be wrong highlighting.  At the cost of
+slowing down displaying, you can have the engine look further back to sync on
+the start of a region, for example 500 lines: >
+
+	:let g:markdown_minlines = 500
+
+
 MATHEMATICA		*mma.vim* *ft-mma-syntax* *ft-mathematica-syntax*
 
 Empty *.m files will automatically be presumed to be Matlab files unless you
@@ -4898,7 +4907,7 @@ in their own color.
 :hi[ghlight] {group-name}
 			List one highlight group.
 
-						*highlight-clear*
+						*highlight-clear* *:hi-clear*
 :hi[ghlight] clear	Reset all highlighting to the defaults.  Removes all
 			highlighting for groups added by the user!
 			Uses the current value of 'background' to decide which
@@ -4961,7 +4970,7 @@ the same syntax file on all terminals, and use the optimal highlighting.
 					*inverse* *italic* *standout*
 					*nocombine* *strikethrough*
 term={attr-list}			*attr-list* *highlight-term* *E418*
-	attr-list is a comma separated list (without spaces) of the
+	attr-list is a comma-separated list (without spaces) of the
 	following items (in any order):
 		bold
 		underline
@@ -5145,7 +5154,7 @@ font={font-name}					*highlight-font*
 	When setting the font for the "Normal" group, this becomes the default
 	font (until the 'guifont' option is changed; the last one set is
 	used).
-	The following only works with Motif and Athena, not with other GUIs:
+	The following only works with Motif, not with other GUIs:
 	When setting the font for the "Menu" group, the menus will be changed.
 	When setting the font for the "Tooltip" group, the tooltips will be
 	changed.
@@ -5318,6 +5327,8 @@ QuickFixLine	Current |quickfix| item in the quickfix window.
 							*hl-Search*
 Search		Last search pattern highlighting (see 'hlsearch').
 		Also used for similar items that need to stand out.
+							*hl-CurSearch*
+CurSearch	Current match for the last search pattern (see 'hlsearch').
 							*hl-SpecialKey*
 SpecialKey	Meta and special keys listed with ":map", also for text used
 		to show unprintable characters in the text, 'listchars'.
@@ -5382,7 +5393,7 @@ Menu		Current font, background and foreground colors of the menus.
 		Also used for the toolbar.
 		Applicable highlight arguments: font, guibg, guifg.
 
-		NOTE: For Motif and Athena the font argument actually
+		NOTE: For Motif the font argument actually
 		specifies a fontset at all times, no matter if 'guifontset' is
 		empty, and as such it is tied to the current |:language| when
 		set.
@@ -5396,7 +5407,7 @@ Scrollbar	Current background and foreground of the main window's
 Tooltip		Current font, background and foreground of the tooltips.
 		Applicable highlight arguments: font, guibg, guifg.
 
-		NOTE: For Motif and Athena the font argument actually
+		NOTE: For Motif the font argument actually
 		specifies a fontset at all times, no matter if 'guifontset' is
 		empty, and as such it is tied to the current |:language| when
 		set.

runtime/doc/tags

@@ -134,6 +134,8 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 'cinkeys'	options.txt	/*'cinkeys'*
 'cino'	options.txt	/*'cino'*
 'cinoptions'	options.txt	/*'cinoptions'*
+'cinscopedecls'	options.txt	/*'cinscopedecls'*
+'cinsd'	options.txt	/*'cinsd'*
 'cinw'	options.txt	/*'cinw'*
 'cinwords'	options.txt	/*'cinwords'*
 'clipboard'	options.txt	/*'clipboard'*
@@ -487,7 +489,9 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 'mousefocus'	options.txt	/*'mousefocus'*
 'mousehide'	options.txt	/*'mousehide'*
 'mousem'	options.txt	/*'mousem'*
+'mousemev'	options.txt	/*'mousemev'*
 'mousemodel'	options.txt	/*'mousemodel'*
+'mousemoveevent'	options.txt	/*'mousemoveevent'*
 'mouses'	options.txt	/*'mouses'*
 'mouseshape'	options.txt	/*'mouseshape'*
 'mouset'	options.txt	/*'mouset'*
@@ -1453,6 +1457,7 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 --echo-wid	starting.txt	/*--echo-wid*
 --help	starting.txt	/*--help*
 --literal	starting.txt	/*--literal*
+--log	starting.txt	/*--log*
 --nofork	starting.txt	/*--nofork*
 --noplugin	starting.txt	/*--noplugin*
 --not-a-term	starting.txt	/*--not-a-term*
@@ -1999,6 +2004,7 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 :<cfile>	cmdline.txt	/*:<cfile>*
 :<client>	cmdline.txt	/*:<client>*
 :<cword>	cmdline.txt	/*:<cword>*
+:<script>	cmdline.txt	/*:<script>*
 :<sfile>	cmdline.txt	/*:<sfile>*
 :<sflnum>	cmdline.txt	/*:<sflnum>*
 :<slnum>	cmdline.txt	/*:<slnum>*
@@ -2078,6 +2084,7 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 :Termdebug	terminal.txt	/*:Termdebug*
 :TermdebugCommand	terminal.txt	/*:TermdebugCommand*
 :Texplore	pi_netrw.txt	/*:Texplore*
+:Until	terminal.txt	/*:Until*
 :UseVimball	pi_vimball.txt	/*:UseVimball*
 :Vexplore	pi_netrw.txt	/*:Vexplore*
 :VimballList	pi_vimball.txt	/*:VimballList*
@@ -2546,6 +2553,7 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 :helpt	helphelp.txt	/*:helpt*
 :helptags	helphelp.txt	/*:helptags*
 :hi	syntax.txt	/*:hi*
+:hi-clear	syntax.txt	/*:hi-clear*
 :hi-default	syntax.txt	/*:hi-default*
 :hi-link	syntax.txt	/*:hi-link*
 :hi-normal	syntax.txt	/*:hi-normal*
@@ -3616,6 +3624,7 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 <MiddleRelease>	term.txt	/*<MiddleRelease>*
 <Mouse>	term.txt	/*<Mouse>*
 <MouseDown>	scroll.txt	/*<MouseDown>*
+<MouseMove>	map.txt	/*<MouseMove>*
 <MouseUp>	scroll.txt	/*<MouseUp>*
 <NL>	motion.txt	/*<NL>*
 <Nop>	map.txt	/*<Nop>*
@@ -3716,6 +3725,7 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 <range>	map.txt	/*<range>*
 <reg>	map.txt	/*<reg>*
 <register>	map.txt	/*<register>*
+<script>	cmdline.txt	/*<script>*
 <sfile>	cmdline.txt	/*<sfile>*
 <sflnum>	cmdline.txt	/*<sflnum>*
 <slnum>	cmdline.txt	/*<slnum>*
@@ -3771,7 +3781,6 @@ Aleph	options.txt	/*Aleph*
 Amiga	os_amiga.txt	/*Amiga*
 Arabic	arabic.txt	/*Arabic*
 Atari	os_mint.txt	/*Atari*
-Athena	gui_x11.txt	/*Athena*
 B	motion.txt	/*B*
 BeBox	os_beos.txt	/*BeBox*
 BeOS	os_beos.txt	/*BeOS*
@@ -4052,7 +4061,6 @@ E1081	eval.txt	/*E1081*
 E1083	editing.txt	/*E1083*
 E1084	eval.txt	/*E1084*
 E1085	eval.txt	/*E1085*
-E1086	eval.txt	/*E1086*
 E1087	vim9.txt	/*E1087*
 E1089	eval.txt	/*E1089*
 E109	eval.txt	/*E109*
@@ -4217,7 +4225,6 @@ E1231	map.txt	/*E1231*
 E1232	builtin.txt	/*E1232*
 E1233	builtin.txt	/*E1233*
 E1234	vim9.txt	/*E1234*
-E1235	vim9.txt	/*E1235*
 E1236	vim9.txt	/*E1236*
 E1237	map.txt	/*E1237*
 E1238	vim9.txt	/*E1238*
@@ -4255,6 +4262,7 @@ E1266	if_pyth.txt	/*E1266*
 E127	eval.txt	/*E127*
 E1270	change.txt	/*E1270*
 E1271	vim9.txt	/*E1271*
+E1274	cmdline.txt	/*E1274*
 E128	eval.txt	/*E128*
 E129	eval.txt	/*E129*
 E13	message.txt	/*E13*
@@ -4775,9 +4783,6 @@ E610	editing.txt	/*E610*
 E611	eval.txt	/*E611*
 E612	sign.txt	/*E612*
 E613	print.txt	/*E613*
-E614	editing.txt	/*E614*
-E615	editing.txt	/*E615*
-E616	editing.txt	/*E616*
 E617	options.txt	/*E617*
 E618	print.txt	/*E618*
 E619	print.txt	/*E619*
@@ -5513,6 +5518,7 @@ WinClosed	autocmd.txt	/*WinClosed*
 WinEnter	autocmd.txt	/*WinEnter*
 WinLeave	autocmd.txt	/*WinLeave*
 WinNew	autocmd.txt	/*WinNew*
+WinScrolled	autocmd.txt	/*WinScrolled*
 X	change.txt	/*X*
 X11	options.txt	/*X11*
 X11-icon	gui_x11.txt	/*X11-icon*
@@ -5752,7 +5758,6 @@ assert_true()	testing.txt	/*assert_true()*
 at	motion.txt	/*at*
 atan()	builtin.txt	/*atan()*
 atan2()	builtin.txt	/*atan2()*
-athena-intellimouse	gui.txt	/*athena-intellimouse*
 attr-list	syntax.txt	/*attr-list*
 author	intro.txt	/*author*
 auto-format	change.txt	/*auto-format*
@@ -5767,6 +5772,7 @@ autocmd-disable	autocmd.txt	/*autocmd-disable*
 autocmd-events	autocmd.txt	/*autocmd-events*
 autocmd-events-abc	autocmd.txt	/*autocmd-events-abc*
 autocmd-execute	autocmd.txt	/*autocmd-execute*
+autocmd-expand	autocmd.txt	/*autocmd-expand*
 autocmd-groups	autocmd.txt	/*autocmd-groups*
 autocmd-intro	autocmd.txt	/*autocmd-intro*
 autocmd-list	autocmd.txt	/*autocmd-list*
@@ -6065,6 +6071,7 @@ changenr()	builtin.txt	/*changenr()*
 changetick	eval.txt	/*changetick*
 changing	change.txt	/*changing*
 channel	channel.txt	/*channel*
+channel-address	channel.txt	/*channel-address*
 channel-callback	channel.txt	/*channel-callback*
 channel-close	channel.txt	/*channel-close*
 channel-close-in	channel.txt	/*channel-close-in*
@@ -6076,6 +6083,7 @@ channel-functions-details	channel.txt	/*channel-functions-details*
 channel-mode	channel.txt	/*channel-mode*
 channel-more	channel.txt	/*channel-more*
 channel-noblock	channel.txt	/*channel-noblock*
+channel-onetime-callback	channel.txt	/*channel-onetime-callback*
 channel-open	channel.txt	/*channel-open*
 channel-open-options	channel.txt	/*channel-open-options*
 channel-raw	channel.txt	/*channel-raw*
@@ -6925,6 +6933,7 @@ ft-make-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-make-syntax*
 ft-man-plugin	filetype.txt	/*ft-man-plugin*
 ft-maple-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-maple-syntax*
 ft-markdown-plugin	filetype.txt	/*ft-markdown-plugin*
+ft-markdown-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-markdown-syntax*
 ft-masm-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-masm-syntax*
 ft-mathematica-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-mathematica-syntax*
 ft-matlab-indent	indent.txt	/*ft-matlab-indent*
@@ -7601,6 +7610,7 @@ hitest.vim	syntax.txt	/*hitest.vim*
 hjkl	usr_02.txt	/*hjkl*
 hl-ColorColumn	syntax.txt	/*hl-ColorColumn*
 hl-Conceal	syntax.txt	/*hl-Conceal*
+hl-CurSearch	syntax.txt	/*hl-CurSearch*
 hl-Cursor	syntax.txt	/*hl-Cursor*
 hl-CursorColumn	syntax.txt	/*hl-CursorColumn*
 hl-CursorIM	syntax.txt	/*hl-CursorIM*
@@ -8164,6 +8174,7 @@ maparg()	builtin.txt	/*maparg()*
 mapcheck()	builtin.txt	/*mapcheck()*
 maple.vim	syntax.txt	/*maple.vim*
 mapleader	map.txt	/*mapleader*
+maplist()	builtin.txt	/*maplist()*
 maplocalleader	map.txt	/*maplocalleader*
 mapmode-c	map.txt	/*mapmode-c*
 mapmode-i	map.txt	/*mapmode-i*
@@ -8178,6 +8189,7 @@ mapmode-v	map.txt	/*mapmode-v*
 mapmode-x	map.txt	/*mapmode-x*
 mapnew()	builtin.txt	/*mapnew()*
 mapping	map.txt	/*mapping*
+mapping-dict	builtin.txt	/*mapping-dict*
 mapping-functions	usr_41.txt	/*mapping-functions*
 mapset()	builtin.txt	/*mapset()*
 mark	motion.txt	/*mark*
@@ -8257,6 +8269,7 @@ moo.vim	syntax.txt	/*moo.vim*
 more-compatible	version5.txt	/*more-compatible*
 more-prompt	message.txt	/*more-prompt*
 more-variables	eval.txt	/*more-variables*
+motif-intellimouse	gui.txt	/*motif-intellimouse*
 motion-count-multiplied	motion.txt	/*motion-count-multiplied*
 motion.txt	motion.txt	/*motion.txt*
 mouse-mode-table	term.txt	/*mouse-mode-table*

runtime/doc/term.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*term.txt*      For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Mar 04
+*term.txt*      For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Apr 23
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -386,9 +386,10 @@ Added by Vim (there are no standard codes for these):
 	t_SR	start replace mode (underline cursor shape)	*t_SR* *'t_SR'*
 	t_EI	end insert or replace mode (block cursor shape)	*t_EI* *'t_EI'*
 		|termcap-cursor-shape|
-	t_RV	request terminal version string (for xterm)	*t_RV* *'t_RV'*
+	t_RV	request terminal version string (works for	*t_RV* *'t_RV'*
-		The response is stored in |v:termresponse|
+		xterm and other terminal emulators)  The
-		|xterm-8bit| |'ttymouse'| |xterm-codes|
+		response is stored in |v:termresponse| |xterm-8bit|
+		|'ttymouse'| |xterm-codes|
 	t_u7	request cursor position (for xterm)		*t_u7* *'t_u7'*
 		see |'ambiwidth'|
 		The response is stored in |v:termu7resp|
@@ -833,7 +834,7 @@ select and copy the text to the system, then press Esc.
 Another way is to temporarily use ":sh" to run a shell, copy the text, then
 exit the shell.  'mouse' can remain set to "a" then.
 							*xterm-clipboard*
-In the Athena and Motif GUI versions, when running in a terminal and there is
+In the Motif GUI version, when running in a terminal and there is
 access to the X-server (DISPLAY is set), the copy and paste will behave like
 in the GUI.  If not, the middle mouse button will insert the unnamed register.
 In that case, here is how you copy and paste a piece of text:

runtime/doc/terminal.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*terminal.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Jan 21
+*terminal.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Apr 06
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -674,7 +674,7 @@ term_getsize({buf})					*term_getsize()*
 
 term_getstatus({buf})					*term_getstatus()*
 		Get the status of terminal {buf}. This returns a String with
-		a comma separated list of these items:
+		a comma-separated list of these items:
 			running		job is running
 			finished	job has finished
 			normal		in Terminal-Normal mode
@@ -1285,6 +1285,8 @@ Put focus on the gdb window to type commands there.  Some common ones are:
 - next		execute the current line and stop at the next line
 - step		execute the current line and stop at the next statement,
 		entering functions
+- until		execute until past the current cursor line or past a specified
+		position or the current stack frame returns
 - finish	execute until leaving the current function
 - where		show the stack
 - frame N	go to the Nth stack frame
@@ -1303,6 +1305,7 @@ gdb:
 
  *:Step*	execute the gdb "step" command
  *:Over*	execute the gdb "next" command (`:Next` is a Vim command)
+ *:Until*	execute the gdb "until" command
  *:Finish*	execute the gdb "finish" command
  *:Continue*	execute the gdb "continue" command
  *:Stop*	interrupt the program

runtime/doc/testing.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*testing.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Feb 10
+*testing.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Apr 03
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -131,8 +131,8 @@ test_gui_event({event}, {args})
 		    forward:	set to 1 for forward search.
 
 		"mouse":
-		  Inject a mouse button click event.  The supported items in
+		  Inject either a mouse button click, or a mouse move, event.
-		  {args} are:
+		  The supported items in {args} are:
 		    button:	mouse button.  The supported values are:
 				    0	right mouse button
 				    1	middle mouse button
@@ -151,6 +151,12 @@ test_gui_event({event}, {args})
 				    4	shift is pressed
 				    8	alt is pressed
 				   16	ctrl is pressed
+		    move:	Optional; if used and TRUE then a mouse move
+			        event can be generated.
+				Only {args} row: and col: are used and
+				required; they are interpreted as pixels.
+				Only results in an event when 'mousemoveevent'
+				is set or a popup uses mouse move events.
 
 		"scrollbar":
 		  Set or drag the left, right or horizontal scrollbar.  Only

runtime/doc/todo.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*todo.txt*      For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Mar 30
+*todo.txt*      For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Apr 27
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -38,15 +38,10 @@ browser use: https://github.com/vim/vim/issues/1234
 							*known-bugs*
 -------------------- Known bugs and current work -----------------------
 
-Allow for: "import autoload '../lib/script.vim'"
-    avoids going through 'runtimepath' and avoids name collisions.
-
-Really drop the Athena and NeXtaw GUI?  Decide end of March.
-
 Once Vim9 is stable:
 - Use Vim9 for more runtime files.
 - Check code coverage, add more tests if needed.
-	vim9execute.c  line 1900
+	vim9execute.c  line 3500
 	vim9expr.c
 	vim9instr.c
 	vim9script.c
@@ -55,6 +50,7 @@ Once Vim9 is stable:
 
 Further Vim9 improvements, possibly after launch:
 - Check performance with callgrind and kcachegrind.
+    getline()/substitute()/setline() in #5632
 - Better implementation for partial and tests for that.
 - when using "const" mark the variable type as const with TTFLAG_CONST, so
   that an error is given at compile time when trying to change it.  E.g. for a
@@ -90,6 +86,8 @@ Update list of features to vote on:
 Popup windows:
 - Preview popup not properly updated when it overlaps with completion menu.
     (Yegappan Lakshmanan, 2021 May 22
+- Add a function to redraw a specific popup window.  Esp. to be used when
+  editing the command line, when screen updating doesn't happen. (Shougo)
 - In some cases prop_remove() does not work correctly. (#8261)
 - Add a flag to make a popup window focusable?
     CTRL-W P cycle over any preview window or focusable popup, end up back in
@@ -155,7 +153,6 @@ Terminal debugger:
 - Add option to not open the program window.  It's not used when attaching to
   an already running program. (M. Kelly)
 - When only gdb window exists, on "quit" edit another buffer.
-- Use a sign group
 - Termdebug does not work when Vim was built with mzscheme: gdb hangs just
   after "run".  Everything else works, including communication channel.  Not
   initializing mzscheme avoid the problem, thus it's not some #ifdef.
@@ -200,20 +197,22 @@ Terminal emulator window:
 - When the job only outputs lines, we could handle resizing the terminal
   better: store lines separated by line breaks, instead of screen lines,
   then when the window is resized redraw those lines.
-- Redrawing is slow with Athena and Motif. (Ramel Eshed)
+- Redrawing is slow with Motif. (Ramel Eshed)
 - For the GUI fill termios with default values, perhaps like pangoterm:
   http://bazaar.launchpad.net/~leonerd/pangoterm/trunk/view/head:/main.c#L134
 - When 'encoding' is not utf-8, or the job is using another encoding, setup
   conversions.
 
-When using 'cryptmethod' xchaha20 the undo file is not encrypted.
+Add autocmd functions. PR #10291
-Need to handle extra bytes.
 
-In Select mode the deleted text always goes into the unnamed register.
+Can deref_func_name() and deref_function_name() be merged?
-Use CTRL-R to specify the register to use. (#9531)
 
 Some prompts are not translated: #9495
 
+NFA regexp does not handle composing characters well: #10286
+    [ɔ̃] matches both ɔ and ɔ̃
+    \(ɔ\|ɔ̃\) matches ɔ and not ɔ̃
+
 Improvement in terminal configuration mess: Request the terminfo entry from
 the terminal itself.  The $TERM value then is only relevant for whether this
 feature is supported or not.  Replaces the xterm mechanism to request each
@@ -227,10 +226,10 @@ Fails in line 64 of Ch_communicate, no exception is thrown.
 Patch for Template string: #4634
 Have another look at the implementation.
 
-Add expanding <script> which works like <sfile> everywhere. #9189
-
 Rename getdigraphlist -> digraph_getlist() etc.
 
+Can "CSI nr X" be used instead of outputting spaces?  Is it faster?  #8002
+
 Valgrind reports memory leaks in test_options.
 Valgrind reports overlapping memcpy in
     test_conceal.3
@@ -251,12 +250,21 @@ Memory leaks in test_channel? (or is it because of fork())
 
 PR to support %e and %k in 'errorformat'. #9624
 
+PR to add left and right bitwise shift. #8457
+
 Idea: when typing ":e /some/dir/" and "dir" does not exist, highlight in red.
 
 ":set &shellpipe" and ":set &shellredir" should use the logic from
 initialization to figure out the default value from 'shell'.  Add a test for
 this.
 
+With concealed text mouse click doesn't put the cursor in the right position.
+(Herb Sitz)  Fix by Christian Brabandt, 2011 Jun 16.  Doesn't work properly,
+need to make the change in where RET_WIN_BUF_CHARTABSIZE() is called.
+IDEA: when drawing the text, store the text byte index in ScreenLinesIdx[].
+When converting screen column to text position use this.
+The line number can be obtained from win->w_lines[].
+
 MS-Windows: did path modifier :p:8 stop working?  #8600
 
 Add support for "underdouble", "underdot" and "underdash". #9553
@@ -292,9 +300,6 @@ Also, z= in German on a long word can take a very long time, but CTRL-C to
 interrupt does not work. Where to add ui_breakcheck()?
 New English spell files also have very slow suggestions.
 
-Searching for \%'> does not find anything when using line Visual selection.
-Probably because it's using MAXCOL.  #8238
-
 Make "g>" and "g<" in Visual mode move the text right or left.
 Also for a block selection.  #8558
 
@@ -309,8 +314,7 @@ inconsistent with the documentation.
 Making breakat support multibyte characters (Yasuhiro Matsumoto, #6598)
 Scroll doesn't work correctly, why?
 
-glob() and globfile() do not always honor 'wildignorecase'. #8350
+globpath() does not use 'wildignorecase' at all? (related to #8350)
-globpath() does not use 'wildignorecase' at all?
 
 Add 'termguiattr' option, use "gui=" attributes in the terminal?  Would work
 with 'termguicolors'. #1740
@@ -324,9 +328,6 @@ Missing filetype test for bashrc, PKGBUILD, etc.
 Add an option to not fetch terminal codes in xterm, to avoid flicker when t_Co
 changes.
 
-When using ":bwipe!" also get rid of references to be buffer, e.g. in the
-jumplist and alternate file.
-
 Add an option to start_timer() to return from the input loop with K_IGNORE.
 This is useful e.g. when a popup was created that disables mappings, we need
 to return from vgetc() to make this happen.  #7011
@@ -337,13 +338,6 @@ Any way to convert "$" back by using a special value? (#6901)
 Can we detect true color support?  https://gist.github.com/XVilka/8346728
 Try setting a color then request the current color, like using t_u7.
 
-Regexp to search for duplicate lines does not work correctly:
-/\(^.*\n\)\1  (Chris Morgan, #6239)
-
-MS-Windows: when writing undo file the infostreams are copied in 
-mch_copy_file_attribute(), that seems unnecessary. (#7925)
-Add a flag to only copy attributes?
-
 Make the jumplist behave like a tag stack. (#7738)  Should there be a more
 time bound navigation, like with undo?
 
@@ -375,15 +369,6 @@ So that replaying the register doesn't use keymap/langmap and still does the
 same thing.
 Also see #737: langmap not applied to replaying recording.
 
-Buffer autocommands are a bit inconsistent.  Add a separate set of
-autocommands for the buffer lifecycle:
-    BufIsCreated  (after buffer ID exists)
-    BufIsLoaded   (after buffer ID has content)
-    BufIsUnloaded (after buffer ID no longer has)
-    BufIsWiped    (after buffer ID was wiped)
-    BufIsRenamed  (after buffer ID gets another name)
-The buffer list and windows are locked, no changes possible
-
 Matchparen doesn't remove highlight after undo. (#7054)
 Is OK when syntax HL is active.
 
@@ -415,27 +400,11 @@ Why does Test_invalid_sid() not work in the GUI?
 Lua: updating wrong buffer when using newly created, unloaded buffer.
 (#6539)
 
-When "+ register is set then "" points to it.  If another Vim grabs the "+
-register, then "" doesn't contain anything.  Make it still follow "+.
-(#6435)
-
 File marks merging has duplicates since 7.4.1925. (Ingo Karkat, #5733)
 
-When editing a file with ":edit" the output of :swapname is relative, while
-editing it with "vim file" it is absolute. (#355)
-Which one should it be?
-
 Problem with auto-formatting - inserting space and putting cursor before added
 character. (#6154)
 
-undo result wrong: Masato Nishihata, #4798
-
-After recovering from a swap file the undofile should not be used, it causes
-corruption.  (#6631)
-
-When the computer crashes while writing the undofile, the contents may be
-lost.  Write to a temp file, fsync and rename. (#8879)
-
 When 'lazyredraw' is set sometimes the title is not updated.
 (Jason Franklin, 2020 Feb 3)  Looks like a race condition.
 
@@ -473,8 +442,6 @@ Wrong error when using local arglist. (Harm te Hennepe, #6133)
 
 Test loose_clipboard() by selecting text before suspending.
 
-Undo puts cursor in wrong line after "cG<Esc>" undo.
-
 :unmap <c-n> gives error but does remove the mapping. (Antony Scriven, 2019
 Dec 19)
 
@@ -496,18 +463,10 @@ in terminal.c and then CTRL-N twice.
 Should do current file first and not split it up when more results are found.
 (Also #1890)
 
-Undo history wrong when ":next file" re-uses a buffer. (#5426)
-ex_next() should pass flag to do_argfile(), then to do_ecmd().
-Is there a test for this?
-
 Help for ":argadd fname" says that if "fname" is already in the argument list
 that entry is used.  But instead it's always added. (#6210)
 Add flag AL_FIND_ADD, if there is one argument find it in the list.
 
-":bnext" in a help buffer is supposed to go to the next help buffer, but it
-goes to any buffer, and then :bnext skips help buffers, since they are
-unlisted. (#4478)
-
 Statusline highlighting error, off by one. (#5599)
 
 ":find" with 'path' set to "data*" does not find files, while completion does
@@ -562,9 +521,6 @@ when "qq" is mapped and after the first "q" the mouse is moved outside of the
 gvim window (with focus follows mouse), then the K_FOCUSLOST key is put in the
 input buffer. (#5302)
 
-:buffer completion does not escape "+" properly and results in a regexp error.
-(#5467)
-
 Check_external_diff() is used too often. (Daniel Hahler, #4800)
 
 Win32: after "[I" showing matches, scroll wheel messes up screen. (Tsakiridis,
@@ -765,9 +721,6 @@ punctuation is repeated. (Smylers, 2018 Nov 17, #3621)
 Using single wide base character with double wide composing character gives
 drawing errors.  Fill up the base character?  (Dominique, #4328)
 
-Problem with two buffers with the same name a/b, if it didn't exist before and
-is created outside of Vim. (dskloetg, 2018 Jul 16, #3219)
-
 When 'sidescrolloff' is set, using "zl" to go to the end of the line, suddenly
 scrolls back.  Should allow for this scrolling, like 'scrolloff' does when
 using CTRL-E. (Yee Cheng Chin, #3721)
@@ -786,8 +739,6 @@ when possible. (Dylan Lloyd, #3973)
 Make ":interactive !cmd" stop termcap mode, also when used in an autocommand.
 (#3692)
 
-Add buffer argument to undotree(). (#4001)
-
 matchaddpos() gets slow with many matches.  Proposal by Rick Howe, 2018 Jul
 19.
 
@@ -870,10 +821,6 @@ Try out background make plugin:
 or asyncmake:
   https://github.com/yegappan/asyncmake
 
-Add an option with file patterns, to be used when unloading a buffer: If there
-is a match, remove entries for the buffer from marks, jumplist, etc.  To be
-used for git temp files.
-
 Cursor in wrong position when line wraps. (#2540)
 
 Setting 'columns' in a BufEnter autocommand causes a second tab width to
@@ -924,15 +871,10 @@ Python indenting: alternative way to indent arguments:
 http://orchistro.tistory.com/236
 Should be supported with a flag.
 
-Add the debug command line history to viminfo.
-
 Add Makefiles to the runtime/spell directory tree, since nobody uses Aap.
 Will have to explain the manual steps (downloading the .aff and .dic files,
 applying the diff, etc.
 
-Pasting a register in Visual mode cannot be repeated. (Mahmoud Al-Qudsi, 2018
-Apr 26, #2849)
-
 User dictionary ~/.vim/spell/lang.utf-8.add not used for spell checking until a
 word is re-added to it. (Matej Cepl, 2018 Feb 6)
 
@@ -1065,9 +1007,6 @@ behavior.  Skip when "uname" returns "SunOS"? (Pavel Heimlich, #1872)
 
 The ++ options for the :edit command are also useful on the Vim command line.
 
-When recovering a file, put the swap file name in b:recovered_swapfile.  Then
-a command can delete it.
-
 Overlong utf-8 sequence is displayed wrong. (Harm te Hennepe, 2017 Sep 14,
 #2089)  Patch with possible solution by Björn Linse.
 
@@ -1127,9 +1066,6 @@ Use gvimext.dll from the nightly build? (Issue #249)
 Problem with using :cd when remotely editing a file. (Gerd Wachsmuth, 2017 May
 8, #1690)
 
-Using "wviminfo /tmp/viminfo" does not store file marks that Vim knows about,
-it only works when merging with an existing file.  (Shougo, 2017 Jun 19, #1781)
-
 Memory leak in test97?  The string is actually freed.  Weird.
 
 assert_fails() can only check for the first error.  Make it possible to have
@@ -1249,8 +1185,6 @@ Should :vmap in matchit.vim be :xmap?  (Tony Mechelynck)
 
 Problem with whitespace in errorformat. (Gerd Wachsmuth, 2016 May 15, #807)
 
-Undo problem: "g-" doesn't go back, gets stuck. (Björn Linse, 2016 Jul 18)
-
 Add "unicode true" to NSIS installer.  Doesn't work with Windows 95, which we
 no longer support.
 
@@ -1347,10 +1281,6 @@ Regexp problems:
   Another one: echom matchstr(" sdfsfsf\n sfdsdfsdf",'[^\n]*')
   (2017 May 15, #1252)
 
-Undo message is not always properly displayed.  Patch by Ken Takata, 2013 oct
-3.  Doesn't work properly according to Yukihiro Nakadaira.
-Also see #1635.
-
 Idea from Sven: record sequence of keys.  Useful to show others what they are
 doing (look over the shoulder), and also to see what happened.
 Probably list of keystrokes, with some annotations for mode changes.
@@ -1363,9 +1293,6 @@ cmap using execute() has side effects. (Killthemule, 2016 Aug 17, #983)
 
 Patch to order results from taglist(). (Duncan McDougall, 2016 Oct 25)
 
-When using ":diffput" through a mapping, undo in the target buffer isn't
-synced.  (Ryan Carney, 2016 Sep 14)
-
 Syntax highlighting for messages with RFC3339 timestamp (#946)
 Did maintainer reply?
 
@@ -1653,9 +1580,6 @@ This neither: (ZyX)
 Change 'viewdir' to "$HOME/vimfiles/view" and use 'viewdiralt' to also read
 from?
 
-Problem with upwards search on Windows (works OK on Linux). (Brett Stahlman,
-2014 Jun 8)
-
 Include a plugin manager with Vim? vim-plug seems to be the best currently:
 https://github.com/junegunn/vim-plug.
 Also Vundle: https://github.com/gmarik/vundle
@@ -1719,12 +1643,6 @@ Patch to define macros for hardcoded values. (Elias Diem, 2013 Dec 14)
 Several syntax file match "^\s*" which may get underlined if that's in the
 highlight group.  Add a "\zs" after it?
 
-The undo file name can get too long. (Issue 346)
-For the path use a hash instead of dir%dir%dir%name  hash%name.
-
-Patch to add ":undorecover", get as much text out of the undo file as
-possible. (Christian Brabandt, 2014 Mar 12, update Aug 22)
-
 Updated spec ftplugin. (Matěj Cepl, 2013 Oct 16)
 
 Patch to handle integer overflow. (Aaron Burrow, 2013 Dec 12)
@@ -1749,9 +1667,6 @@ Dec 13.  Only helps a bit, 10000ii<Esc> is still too slow.
 GTK: problem with 'L' in 'guioptions' changing the window width.
 (Aaron Cornelius, 2012 Feb 6)
 
-Patch to add option that tells whether small deletes go into the numbered
-registers. (Aryeh Leib Taurog, 2013 Nov 18)
-
 Javascript file where indent gets stuck on: GalaxyMaster, 2012 May 3.
 
 The BufUnload event is triggered when re-using the empty buffer.
@@ -1801,10 +1716,6 @@ Patch by Christian Brabandt, 2013 Apr 20, unfinished.
 
 Bug: findfile("any", "file:///tmp;") does not work.
 
-In the ATTENTION message about an existing swap file, mention the name of the
-process that is running.  It might actually be some other program, e.g. after
-a reboot.
-
 patch to add "combine" flag to  syntax commands. (so8res, 2012 Dec 6)
 Patch to add "combine" to :syntax, combines highlight attributes. (Nate
 Soares, 2012 Dec 3)
@@ -1869,10 +1780,6 @@ Alternate suggestion: let all columns continue, also the number column.
 Patch to add tests for if_xcmdsrv.c., Jul 8, need some more work. (Brian Burns)
 New tests Jul 13.   Update Jul 17.  Discussion Jul 18.
 
-When running Vim in silent ex mode, an existing swapfile causes Vim to wait
-for a user action without a prompt. (Maarten Billemont, 2012 Feb 3)
-Do give the prompt? Quit with an error?
-
 Patch for input method status. (Hirohito Higashi, 2012 Apr 18)
 
 Update Vim app icon (for Gnome). (Jakub Steiner, 2013 Dec 6)
@@ -1923,10 +1830,6 @@ On MS-Windows a temp dir with a & init causes system() to fail. (Ben Fritz,
 Patch 7.3.116 was the wrong solution.
 Christian Brabandt has another incomplete patch. (2011 Jul 13)
 
-With concealed text mouse click doesn't put the cursor in the right position.
-(Herb Sitz)  Fix by Christian Brabandt, 2011 Jun 16.  Doesn't work properly,
-need to make the change in where RET_WIN_BUF_CHARTABSIZE() is called.
-
 Syntax region with 'concealends' and a 'cchar' value, 'conceallevel' set to 2,
 only one of the two ends gets the cchar displayed. (Brett Stahlman, 2010 Aug
 21, Ben Fritz, 2010 Sep 14)
@@ -1949,9 +1852,6 @@ Oct 26)
 
 Bug in repeating Visual "u". (Lawrence Kesteloot, 2010 Dec 20)
 
-With "unamedplus" in 'clipboard' pasting in Visual mode causes error for empty
-register. (Michael Seiwald, 2011 Jun 28)  I can't reproduce it.
-
 Windows keys not set properly on Windows 7?  (cncyber, 2010 Aug 26)
 
 When using a Vim server, a # in the path causes an error message.
@@ -2056,9 +1956,6 @@ Version of netbeans.c for use with MacVim. (Kazuki Sakamoto, 2010 Nov 18)
 there is one backslash. (Ray Frush, 2010 Nov 18)  What does the original ex
 do?
 
-Searching mixed with Visual mode doesn't redraw properly. (James Vega, 2010 Nov
-22)
-
 New esperanto spell file can't be processed. (Dominique Pelle, 2011 Jan 30)
 - move compflags to separate growarray?
 - instead of a regexp use a hashtable.  Expand '?', '*', '+'.  What would be
@@ -2151,9 +2048,6 @@ Gui menu edit/paste in block mode insert only inserts in one line (Bjorn
 Winckler, 2011 May 11)
 Requires a map mode for Insert mode started from blockwise Visual mode.
 
-Writing nested List and Dict in viminfo gives error message and can't be read
-back. (Yukihiro Nakadaira, 2010 Nov 13)
-
 Problem with cursor in the wrong column. (SungHyun Nam, 2010 Mar 11)
 Additional info by Dominique Pelle. (also on 2010 Apr 10)
 
@@ -2197,9 +2091,6 @@ like it has ":keepjumps" before it.
 Coverity: Check if there are new reported defects:
 https://scan.coverity.com/projects/241
 
-Patch to support :undo absolute jump to file save number. (Christian Brabandt,
-2010 Nov 5)
-
 Patch to use 'foldnestmax' also for "marker" foldmethod. (Arnaud Lacombe, 2011
 Jan 7)
 
@@ -2310,10 +2201,6 @@ displayed in a window should return the value that's stored for that buffer.
 
 ":he ctrl_u" can be auto-corrected to ":he ctrl-u".
 
-There should be a way after an abbreviation has expanded to go back to what
-was typed.  CTRL-G h ?  Would also undo last word or line break inserted
-perhaps.  And undo CTRL-W.  CTRL-G l would redo.
-
 Diff mode out of sync. (Gary Johnson, 2010 Aug 4)
 
 Win32 GUI: last message from startup doesn't show up when there is an echoerr
@@ -2332,9 +2219,6 @@ Session file generates error upon loading, cause by --remote-silent-tab.
 Using ~ works OK on 'a' with composing char, but not on 0x0418  with composing
 char 0x0301. (Tony Mechelynck, 2009 Mar 4)
 
-Searching for composing char works, but not when inside []. (ZyX, Benjamin R.
-Haskell, 2010 Aug 24)
-
 This does not work yet: "a\(%C\)" (get composing characters into a submatch).
 
 Inconsistent: starting with $LANG set to es_ES.utf-8 gives Spanish
@@ -2352,16 +2236,6 @@ a modeline.
 Add cscope target to Makefile. (Tony Mechelynck, 2009 Jun 18, replies by
 Sergey Khorev)
 
-Consider making YankRing or something else that keeps a list of yanked text
-part of standard Vim.  The "1 to "9 registers are not sufficient.
-6   When yanking into the unnamed registers several times, somehow make the
-    previous contents also available (like it's done for deleting).  What
-    register names to use?  g"1, g"2, etc.?
-Also do this for the small delete register "-.
-
-After doing "su" $HOME can be the old user's home, thus ~root/file is not
-correct.  Don't use it in the swap file.
-
 Completion for ":buf" doesn't work properly on Win32 when 'shellslash' is off.
 (Henrik Ohman, 2009, Jan 29)
 
@@ -2393,11 +2267,6 @@ probably causes this.
 'scrollbind' is not respected when deleting lines or undo. (Milan Vancura,
 2009 Jan 16)
 
-Document that default font in Athena can be set with resources:
-   XtDefaultFont: "9x15"
-   XtDefaultFontSet: "9x15"
-(Richard Sherman, 2009 Apr 12)
-
 Having "Syntax" in 'eventignore' for :bufdo may cause problems, e.g. for
 ":bufdo e" when buffers are open in windows.  ex_listdo(eap) could set the
 option only for when jumping to another buffer, not when the command argument
@@ -2528,22 +2397,12 @@ Try to reproduce at work.
 Patch for default choice in file changed dialog. (Bjorn Winckler, 2008 Oct 19)
 Is there a way to list all the files first?
 
-When 'smartcase' is set and using CTRL-L to add to the search pattern it may
-result in no matches.  Convert chars to lower case? (Erik Wognsen, 2009 Apr
-16)
-
 Fail to edit file after failed register access.  Error flag remains set?
 (Lech Lorens, 2010 Aug 30)
 
-Patch for redo register. (Ben Schmidt, 2007 Oct 19)
-Await response to question to make the register writable.
-
 Problem with 'ts' set to 9 and 'showbreak' to ">>>". (Matthew Winn, 2007 Oct
 1)
 
-In the swapfile dialog, add a H(elp) option that gives more info about what
-each choice does.  Similar to  ":help swap-exists-choices"
-
 ":tab help" always opens a new tab, while ":help" re-uses an existing window.
 Would be more consistent when an existing tab is re-used. (Tony Mechelynck)
 
@@ -2607,9 +2466,6 @@ popup menu over it, first draw the new popup menu, remember its position and
 size and then redraw the text, skipping the characters under the popup menu.
 This should avoid flicker.  Other solution by A.Politz, 2007 Aug 22.
 
-When a register contains illegal bytes, writing viminfo in utf-8 and reading
-it back doesn't result in utf-8. (Devin Bayer)
-
 When the file name has parenthesis, e.g., "foo (bar).txt", ":!ls '%'" has the
 parenthesis escaped but not the space.  That's inconsistent.  Either escape
 neither or both.  No escaping might be best, because it doesn't depend on
@@ -2688,9 +2544,6 @@ Cursor displayed in the wrong position when using 'numberwidth'. (James Vega,
 When $VAR contains a backslash expand('$VAR') removes it. (Teemu Likonen, 2008
 Jun 18)
 
-In debug mode, using CTRL-R = to evaluate a function causes stepping through
-the function. (Hari Krishna Dara, 2006 Jun 28)
-
 C++ indenting wrong with "=". (James Kanze, 2007 Jan 26)
 
 ":lockvar" should use copyID to avoid endless loop.
@@ -3041,6 +2894,9 @@ Awaiting updated patches:
 -   For GUI Find/Replace dialog support using a regexp.  Patch for Motif
     and GTK by degreneir (nov 10 and nov 18).
 -   Patch for "paranoid mode" by Kevin Collins, March 7.  Needs much more work.
+-   Patch for redo register. (Ben Schmidt, 2007 Oct 19)
+    Await response to question to make the register writable.
+
 
 Better 'rightleft' or BIDI support:
 - Minimal Vi with bidi support: https://github.com/aligrudi/neatvi
@@ -3239,7 +3095,7 @@ Win32 GUI known bugs:
     the font name).
 
 
-Athena and Motif:
+Motif:
 6   New Motif toolbar button from Marcin Dalecki:
     - When the mouse pointer is over an Agide button the red becomes black.
       Something with the way colors are specified in the .xpm file.
@@ -3251,7 +3107,7 @@ Athena and Motif:
     wrong.
 9   XIM is disabled by default for SGI/IRIX.  Fix XIM so that 'imdisable' can
     be off by default.
-9   XIM doesn't work properly for Athena/Motif. (Yasuhiro Matsumoto)  For now,
+9   XIM doesn't work properly for Motif. (Yasuhiro Matsumoto)  For now,
     keep XIM active at all times when the input method has the preediting
     flag.
 8   X11: A menu that contains an umlaut is truncated at that character.
@@ -3269,27 +3125,6 @@ Athena and Motif:
     current locale.  Workaround: set 'langmenu'.
 
 
-Athena GUI:
-9   The first event for any button in the menu or toolbar appears to get lost.
-    The second click on a menu does work.
-9   When dragging the scrollbar thumb very fast, focus is only obtained in
-    the scrollbar itself.  And the thumb is no longer updated when moving
-    through files.
-7   The file selector is not resizable.  With a big font it is difficult to
-    read long file names. (Schroeder)
-4   Re-write the widget attachments and code so that we will not have to go
-    through and calculate the absolute position of every widget every time the
-    window is refreshed/changes size.  This will help the "flashing-widgets"
-    problem during a refresh.
-5   When starting gvim with all the default colors and then typing
-    ":hi Menu guibg=cyan", the menus change color but the background of the
-    pullright pixmap doesn't change colors.
-    If you type ":hi Menu guibg=cyan font=anyfont", then the pixmap changes
-    colors as it should.
-    Allocating a new pixmap and setting the resource doesn't change the
-    pullright pixmap's colors.  Why?  Possible Athena bug?
-
-
 Motif GUI:
 -   gui_mch_browsedir() is missing, browsedir() doesn't work nicely.
 7   Use XmStringCreateLocalized() instead of XmStringCreateSimple()?
@@ -3604,10 +3439,6 @@ Macintosh:
     maximum number of open files, error messages will appear.  Detect that
     this problem is present, and close any hidden files that don't have
     changes.
-8   With 'viminfo' set such that the ".viminfo" file is written on a FAT
-    filesystem, an illegal file name may be created: ".vim".
-8   For each buffer that is opened, the viminfo file is opened and read to
-    check for file marks.  This can be slow.
 8   Core dump within signal function: gdb doesn't show stack backtrace!  Option
     to skip catch_signals()?
 9   Repeating a "cw" with "." doesn't work if the text was pasted from the
@@ -3657,9 +3488,6 @@ Macintosh:
     "initdir" is the default path to be used.
 7   When 'scrolloff' is exactly half the window height, "j" causes a scroll of
     two lines at a time.  "k" doesn't do this. (Cory T. Echols)
-8   When write_viminfo() is used while there are many orphaned viminfo
-    tempfiles writing the viminfo file fails.  Give a clear error message so
-    that the user knows the files have to be deleted.
 
 
 I can't reproduce these (if you can, let me know how!):
@@ -3768,7 +3596,7 @@ Problems that will (probably) not be solved:
 
 Most interesting new features to be added when all bugs have been fixed:
 -   Using ":exe edit fname" has escaping problems.  Use ":edit ++(fname)".
-    Thus use "++=" to give arguments as expressions, comma separated as if
+    Thus use "++=" to give arguments as expressions, comma-separated as if
     calling a function.
     With options: ":edit ++(['!', '++enc=abc'], ['+/pat'], fname)".
     Alternative: Make a function for Ex commands: cmd_edit().
@@ -4818,6 +4646,14 @@ Autocommands:
 	    Default: 0 = do not autosave the buffer.
     Alternative: have 'autosave' use 'updatetime' and 'updatecount' but make
     them save the file itself besides the swapfile.
+-   Buffer autocommands are a bit inconsistent.  Add a separate set of
+    autocommands for the buffer lifecycle:
+        BufIsCreated  (after buffer ID exists)
+        BufIsLoaded   (after buffer ID has content)
+        BufIsUnloaded (after buffer ID no longer has)
+        BufIsWiped    (after buffer ID was wiped)
+        BufIsRenamed  (after buffer ID gets another name)
+    The buffer list and windows are locked, no changes possible
 
 
 Omni completion:
@@ -5489,6 +5325,19 @@ Searching:
     [not in xvim:] Add option to switch on matches crossing ONE line boundary.
 7   Add ":iselect", a combination of ":ilist" and ":tselect". (Aaron) (Zellner)
     Also ":dselect".
+-   Searching for \%'> does not find anything when using line Visual
+    selection.  Probably because it's using MAXCOL.  #8238
+-   Regexp to search for duplicate lines does not work correctly:
+    /\(^.*\n\)\1  (Chris Morgan, #6239)
+-   Problem with upwards search on Windows (works OK on Linux). (Brett
+    Stahlman, 2014 Jun 8)
+-   Searching mixed with Visual mode doesn't redraw properly. (James Vega,
+    2010 Nov 22)
+-   Searching for composing char works, but not when inside []. (ZyX, Benjamin
+    R. Haskell, 2010 Aug 24)
+-   When 'smartcase' is set and using CTRL-L to add to the search pattern it
+    may result in no matches.  Convert chars to lower case? (Erik Wognsen,
+    2009 Apr 16)
 
 
 Undo:
@@ -5530,6 +5379,36 @@ Undo:
 -   When executing macro's: Save each line for undo only once.
 -   When doing a global substitute, causing almost all lines to be changed,
     undo info becomes very big.  Put undo info in swap file??
+-   MS-Windows: when writing undo file the infostreams are copied in
+    mch_copy_file_attribute(), that seems unnecessary. (#7925) Add a flag to
+    only copy attributes?
+-   undo result wrong: Masato Nishihata, #4798
+-   After recovering from a swap file the undofile should not be used, it
+    causes corruption.  (#6631)
+-   When the computer crashes while writing the undofile, the contents may be
+    lost.  Write to a temp file, fsync and rename. (#8879)
+-   Undo puts cursor in wrong line after "cG<Esc>" undo.
+-   Undo history wrong when ":next file" re-uses a buffer. (#5426) ex_next()
+    should pass flag to do_argfile(), then to do_ecmd().  Is there a test for
+    this?
+-   Add buffer argument to undotree(). (#4001)
+-   Undo problem: "g-" doesn't go back, gets stuck. (Björn Linse, 2016 Jul 18)
+-   Undo message is not always properly displayed.  Patch by Ken Takata, 2013
+    oct 3.  Doesn't work properly according to Yukihiro Nakadaira.
+    Also see #1635.
+-   When using ":diffput" through a mapping, undo in the target buffer isn't
+    synced.  (Ryan Carney, 2016 Sep 14)
+-   The undo file name can get too long. (Issue 346)
+    For the path use a hash instead of dir%dir%dir%name  hash%name.
+-   Patch to add ":undorecover", get as much text out of the undo file as
+    possible. (Christian Brabandt, 2014 Mar 12, update Aug 22)
+-   Patch to support :undo absolute jump to file save number. (Christian
+    Brabandt, 2010 Nov 5)
+-   There should be a way after an abbreviation has expanded to go back to
+    what was typed.  CTRL-G h ?  Would also undo last word or line break
+    inserted perhaps.  And undo CTRL-W.  CTRL-G l would redo.
+-   When using 'cryptmethod' xchaha20 the undo file is not encrypted.
+    Need to handle extra bytes.
 
 
 Buffer list:
@@ -5560,6 +5439,18 @@ Buffer list:
 8   Some file systems are case-sensitive, some are not.  Besides
     'wildignorecase' there might be more parts inside
     CASE_INSENSITIVE_FILENAME that are useful on Unix.
+-   When using ":bwipe!" also get rid of references to be buffer, e.g. in the
+    jumplist and alternate file.
+-   ":bnext" in a help buffer is supposed to go to the next help buffer, but
+    it goes to any buffer, and then :bnext skips help buffers, since they are
+    unlisted. (#4478)
+-   :buffer completion does not escape "+" properly and results in a regexp
+    error.  (#5467)
+-   Problem with two buffers with the same name a/b, if it didn't exist before
+    and is created outside of Vim. (dskloetg, 2018 Jul 16, #3219)
+-   Add an option with file patterns, to be used when unloading a buffer: If
+    there is a match, remove entries for the buffer from marks, jumplist, etc.
+    To be used for git temp files.
 
 
 Swap (.swp) files:
@@ -5590,6 +5481,21 @@ Swap (.swp) files:
     original file.  Also do this when the file is huge (>'maxmem').  We do
     need to load the file once to count the number of lines?  Perhaps keep a
     cached list of which line is where.
+-   When editing a file with ":edit" the output of :swapname is relative,
+    while editing it with "vim file" it is absolute. (#355) Which one should
+    it be?
+-   When recovering a file, put the swap file name in b:recovered_swapfile.
+    Then a command can delete it.
+-   In the ATTENTION message about an existing swap file, mention the name of
+    the process that is running.  It might actually be some other program,
+    e.g. after a reboot.
+-   When running Vim in silent ex mode, an existing swapfile causes Vim to
+    wait for a user action without a prompt. (Maarten Billemont, 2012 Feb 3)
+    Do give the prompt? Quit with an error?
+-   After doing "su" $HOME can be the old user's home, thus ~root/file is not
+    correct.  Don't use it in the swap file.
+-   In the swapfile dialog, add a H(elp) option that gives more info about
+    what each choice does.  Similar to  ":help swap-exists-choices"
 
 
 Viminfo:
@@ -5616,6 +5522,21 @@ Viminfo:
     same files in the windows.  Use ":mksession" code?
 -   Make marks present in .viminfo usable as file marks: Display a list of
     "last visited files" and select one to jump to.
+-   Add the debug command line history to viminfo.
+-   Using "wviminfo /tmp/viminfo" does not store file marks that Vim knows
+    about, it only works when merging with an existing file.  (Shougo, 2017
+    Jun 19, #1781)
+-   Writing nested List and Dict in viminfo gives error message and can't be
+    read back. (Yukihiro Nakadaira, 2010 Nov 13)
+-   When a register contains illegal bytes, writing viminfo in utf-8 and
+    reading it back doesn't result in utf-8. (Devin Bayer)
+8   With 'viminfo' set such that the ".viminfo" file is written on a FAT
+    filesystem, an illegal file name may be created: ".vim".
+8   For each buffer that is opened, the viminfo file is opened and read to
+    check for file marks.  This can be slow.
+8   When write_viminfo() is used while there are many orphaned viminfo
+    tempfiles writing the viminfo file fails.  Give a clear error message so
+    that the user knows the files have to be deleted.
 
 
 Modelines:
@@ -5659,7 +5580,7 @@ Options:
 7   ":with option=value | command": temporarily set an option value and
     restore it after the command has executed.
 8   Make "old" number options that really give a number of effects into string
-    options that are a comma separated list.  The old number values should
+    options that are a comma-separated list.  The old number values should
     also be supported.
 8   Add commands to save and restore an option, which also preserves the flag
     that marks if the option was set.  Useful to keep the effect of setting
@@ -5834,6 +5755,23 @@ Registers:
 	to position of previous deleted (to swap foo and bar in " + foo")
 8   Should be able to yank and delete into the "/ register.
     How to take care of the flags (offset, magic)?
+-   In Select mode the deleted text always goes into the unnamed register.
+    Use CTRL-R to specify the register to use. (#9531)
+-   When "+ register is set then "" points to it.  If another Vim grabs the "+
+    register, then "" doesn't contain anything.  Make it still follow "+.
+    (#6435)
+-   Pasting a register in Visual mode cannot be repeated. (Mahmoud Al-Qudsi,
+    2018 Apr 26, #2849)
+-   Patch to add option that tells whether small deletes go into the numbered
+    registers. (Aryeh Leib Taurog, 2013 Nov 18)
+-   With "unamedplus" in 'clipboard' pasting in Visual mode causes error for
+    empty register. (Michael Seiwald, 2011 Jun 28)  I can't reproduce it.
+-   Consider making YankRing or something else that keeps a list of yanked
+    text part of standard Vim.  The "1 to "9 registers are not sufficient.
+6   When yanking into the unnamed registers several times, somehow make the
+    previous contents also available (like it's done for deleting).  What
+    register names to use?  g"1, g"2, etc.?
+    Also do this for the small delete register "-.
 
 
 Debug mode:
@@ -5841,6 +5779,9 @@ Debug mode:
 8   Add breakpoints for assigning to a variable.
 7   Store the history from debug mode in viminfo.
 7   Make the debug mode history available with histget() et al.
+-   In debug mode, using CTRL-R = to evaluate a function causes stepping
+    through the function. (Hari Krishna Dara, 2006 Jun 28)
+
 
 Various improvements:
 7   Add plugins for formatting?  Should be able to make a choice depending on

runtime/doc/usr_41.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*usr_41.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Feb 11
+*usr_41.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Apr 25
 
 		     VIM USER MANUAL - by Bram Moolenaar
 
@@ -904,6 +904,7 @@ System functions and manipulation of files:
 	getfperm()		get the permissions of a file
 	setfperm()		set the permissions of a file
 	getftype()		get the kind of a file
+	isabsolutepath()	check if a path is absolute
 	isdirectory()		check if a directory exists
 	getfsize()		get the size of a file
 	getcwd()		get the current working directory
@@ -975,8 +976,12 @@ Buffers, windows and the argument list:
 	swapname()		get the swap file path of a buffer
 
 Command line:					*command-line-functions*
+	getcmdcompltype()	get the type of the current command line
+				completion
 	getcmdline()		get the current command line
 	getcmdpos()		get position of the cursor in the command line
+	getcmdscreenpos()	get screen position of the cursor in the
+				command line
 	setcmdpos()		set position of the cursor in the command line
 	getcmdtype()		return the current command-line type
 	getcmdwintype()		return the current command-line window type
@@ -1092,6 +1097,7 @@ Mappings and Menus:			    *mapping-functions*
 	hasmapto()		check if a mapping exists
 	mapcheck()		check if a matching mapping exists
 	maparg()		get rhs of a mapping
+	maplist()		get list of all mappings
 	mapset()		restore a mapping
 	menu_info()		get information about a menu item
 	wildmenumode()		check if the wildmode is active

runtime/doc/various.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*various.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Mar 04
+*various.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Apr 03
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -381,7 +381,7 @@ N  *+folding*		|folding|
    *+fork*		Unix only: |fork| shell commands
    *+float*		Floating point support
 N  *+gettext*		message translations |multi-lang|
-   *+GUI_Athena*	Unix only: Athena |GUI|
+-  *+GUI_Athena*	Unix only: Athena |GUI|
    *+GUI_neXtaw*	Unix only: neXtaw |GUI|
    *+GUI_GTK*		Unix only: GTK+ |GUI|
    *+GUI_Motif*		Unix only: Motif |GUI|

runtime/doc/version5.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*version5.txt*  For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2021 Apr 05
+*version5.txt*  For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Apr 06
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -2494,7 +2494,7 @@ regexp character classes (for fast syntax highlight matching):
 
 ":set" now accepts "+=", |^=" and "-=": add or remove parts of a string
 option, add or subtract a number from a number option.  A comma is
-automagically inserted or deleted for options that are a comma separated list.
+automagically inserted or deleted for options that are a comma-separated list.
 
 Filetype feature, for autocommands.  Uses a file type instead of a pattern to
 match a file.  Currently only used for RISC OS.  (Leonard)

runtime/doc/version6.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*version6.txt*  For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2021 Apr 05
+*version6.txt*  For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Apr 06
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -12447,7 +12447,7 @@ Solution:   Make sure ".out" files are deleted when they get in the way.  Add
 Files:	    src/Make_bc5.mak, src/testdir/Make_dos.mak
 
 Patch 6.2.381
-Problem:    Setting 'fileencoding' to a comma separated list (confusing it
+Problem:    Setting 'fileencoding' to a comma-separated list (confusing it
 	    with 'fileencodings') does not result in an error message.
 	    Setting 'fileencoding' in an empty file marks it as modified.
 	    There is no "+" in the title after setting 'fileencoding'.

runtime/doc/vi_diff.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*vi_diff.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2021 Jan 21
+*vi_diff.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Apr 03
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -160,8 +160,8 @@ Graphical User Interface (GUI).				|gui|
 	Included support for GUI: menu's, mouse, scrollbars, etc.  You can
 	define your own menus.  Better support for CTRL/SHIFT/ALT keys in
 	combination with special keys and mouse.  Supported for various
-	platforms, such as X11 (with Motif and Athena interfaces), GTK, Win32
+	platforms, such as X11 with Motif, GTK, Win32 (Windows XP and later),
-	(Windows XP and later), Amiga and Macintosh.
+	Amiga and Macintosh.
 
 Multiple windows and buffers.				|windows.txt|
 	Vim can split the screen into several windows, each editing a

runtime/doc/vim9.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*vim9.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Mar 28
+*vim9.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Apr 14
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ For now you will need to pass the dictionary explicitly: >
 	   echo d[arg]
 	enddef
 	var ad = {item: 'value', func: DictFunc}
-	ad.func(d, 'item')
+	ad.func(ad, 'item')
 
 You can call a legacy dict function though: >
 	func Legacy() dict
@@ -378,7 +378,7 @@ And with autocommands: >
 Although using a :def function probably works better.
 
 				*E1022* *E1103* *E1130* *E1131* *E1133*
-				*E1134* *E1235*
+				*E1134*
 Declaring a variable with a type but without an initializer will initialize to
 false (for bool), empty (for string, list, dict, etc.) or zero (for number,
 any, etc.).  This matters especially when using the "any" type, the value will
@@ -1720,7 +1720,15 @@ line, there can be no line break: >
 		name   # Error!
 	echo that
 		.name  # Error!
-<							*:import-cycle*
+
+To refer to a function in an imported script in a mapping, |<SID>| can be
+used: >
+	noremap <silent> ,a :call <SID>name.Function()<CR>
+
+When the mapping is defined "<SID>name." will be replaced with <SNR> and the
+script ID of the imported script.
+
+							*:import-cycle*
 The `import` commands are executed when encountered.  If script A imports
 script B, and B (directly or indirectly) imports A, this will be skipped over.
 At this point items in A after "import B" will not have been processed and
@@ -1745,7 +1753,8 @@ actually needed.  Using the autoload mechanism is recommended:
    The "autoload" argument to `:import` means that the script is not loaded
    until one of the items is actually used.  The script will be found under
    the "autoload" directory in 'runtimepath' instead of the "import"
-   directory.
+   directory.  Alternatively a relative or absolute name can be used, see
+   below.
 
 2. In the autoload script put the bulk of the code. >
 	vim9script
@@ -1765,6 +1774,14 @@ actually needed.  Using the autoload mechanism is recommended:
    You can split up the functionality and import other scripts from the
    autoload script as you like.  This way you can share code between plugins.
 
+Searching for the autoload script in all entries in 'runtimepath' can be a bit
+slow.  If the plugin knows where the script is located, quite often a relative
+path can be used.  This avoids the search and should be quite a bit faster.
+Another advantage is that the script name does not need to be unique.  An
+absolute path is also possible.  Examples: >
+	import autoload '../lib/implement.vim'
+	import autoload MyScriptsDir .. '/lib/implement.vim'
+
 For defining a mapping that uses the imported autoload script the special key
 |<ScriptCmd>| is useful.  It allows for a command in a mapping to use the
 script context of where the mapping was defined.

runtime/doc/visual.txt

@@ -265,7 +265,7 @@ Additionally the following commands can be used:
 	X	delete (2)					|v_X|
 	Y	yank (2)					|v_Y|
 	p	put						|v_p|
-	P	put without unnamed register overwrite		|v_P|
+	P	put without overwriting registers		|v_P|
 	J	join (1)					|v_J|
 	U	make uppercase					|v_U|
 	u	make lowercase					|v_u|

runtime/doc/windows.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*windows.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Feb 03
+*windows.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Apr 06
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -892,7 +892,7 @@ windows.
 						*preview-popup*
 Alternatively, a popup window can be used by setting the 'previewpopup'
 option.  When set, it overrules the 'previewwindow' and 'previewheight'
-settings.  The option is a comma separated list of values:
+settings.  The option is a comma-separated list of values:
 	height		maximum height of the popup
 	width		maximum width of the popup
 	highlight	highlight group of the popup (default is Pmenu)

runtime/filetype.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim support file to detect file types
 "
 " Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-" Last Change:	2022 Feb 13
+" Last Change:	2022 Apr 25
 
 " Listen very carefully, I will say this only once
 if exists("did_load_filetypes")
@@ -155,14 +155,21 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.asp
 	\   setf aspvbs |
 	\ endif
 
-" Grub (must be before catch *.lst)
+" Grub (must be before pattern *.lst)
 au BufNewFile,BufRead */boot/grub/menu.lst,*/boot/grub/grub.conf,*/etc/grub.conf setf grub
 
+" Maxima, see:
+" https://maxima.sourceforge.io/docs/manual/maxima_71.html#file_005ftype_005fmaxima
+" Must be before the pattern *.mac.
+" *.dem omitted - also used by gnuplot demos
+" *.mc omitted - used by dist#ft#McSetf()
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.demo,*.dm{1,2,3,t},*.wxm,maxima-init.mac setf maxima
+
 " Assembly (all kinds)
 " *.lst is not pure assembly, it has two extra columns (address, byte codes)
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.asm,*.[sS],*.[aA],*.mac,*.lst	call dist#ft#FTasm()
 
-" Macro (VAX)
+" Assembly - Macro (VAX)
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.mar			setf vmasm
 
 " Atlas
@@ -205,11 +212,13 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.iba,*.ibi		setf ibasic
 " FreeBasic file (similar to QBasic)
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.fb			setf freebasic
 
-" Batch file for MSDOS.
+" Batch file for MSDOS. See dist#ft#FTsys for *.sys
-au BufNewFile,BufRead *.bat,*.sys		setf dosbatch
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.bat			setf dosbatch
 " *.cmd is close to a Batch file, but on OS/2 Rexx files also use *.cmd.
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.cmd
 	\ if getline(1) =~ '^/\*' | setf rexx | else | setf dosbatch | endif
+" ABB RAPID or Batch file for MSDOS.
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.sys\c			call dist#ft#FTsys()
 
 " Batch file for 4DOS
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.btm			call dist#ft#FTbtm()
@@ -360,13 +369,8 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.eni			setf cl
 " Clever or dtd
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.ent			call dist#ft#FTent()
 
-" Clipper (or FoxPro; could also be eviews)
+" Clipper, FoxPro, ABB RAPID or eviews
-au BufNewFile,BufRead *.prg
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.prg\c			call dist#ft#FTprg()
-	\ if exists("g:filetype_prg") |
-	\   exe "setf " . g:filetype_prg |
-	\ else |
-	\   setf clipper |
-	\ endif
 
 " Clojure
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.clj,*.cljs,*.cljx,*.cljc		setf clojure
@@ -397,6 +401,9 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.cfm,*.cfi,*.cfc		setf cf
 " Configure scripts
 au BufNewFile,BufRead configure.in,configure.ac setf config
 
+" Cooklang
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.cook			setf cook
+
 " CUDA Compute Unified Device Architecture
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.cu,*.cuh		setf cuda
 
@@ -420,6 +427,9 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.ex call dist#ft#ExCheck()
 au BufRead,BufNewFile mix.lock,*.exs setf elixir
 au BufRead,BufNewFile *.eex,*.leex setf eelixir
 
+" Elvish
+au BufRead,BufNewFile *.elv setf elvish
+
 " Euphoria 3 or 4
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.eu,*.ew,*.exu,*.exw  call dist#ft#EuphoriaCheck()
 if has("fname_case")
@@ -441,7 +451,7 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *quake[1-3]/*.cfg			setf quake
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.qc			setf c
 
 " Configure files
-au BufNewFile,BufRead *.cfg			setf cfg
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.cfg\c			call dist#ft#FTcfg()
 
 " Cucumber
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.feature			setf cucumber
@@ -709,6 +719,9 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.git/*
 " Gkrellmrc
 au BufNewFile,BufRead gkrellmrc,gkrellmrc_?	setf gkrellmrc
 
+" Gleam
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.gleam			setf gleam
+
 " GLSL
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.glsl			setf glsl
 
@@ -811,6 +824,7 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.t.html			setf tilde
 
 " HTML (.shtml and .stm for server side)
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.html,*.htm,*.shtml,*.stm  call dist#ft#FThtml()
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.cshtml			setf html
 
 " HTML with Ruby - eRuby
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.erb,*.rhtml		setf eruby
@@ -948,6 +962,11 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.jl			setf julia
 " Kixtart
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.kix			setf kix
 
+" Kuka Robot Language
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.src\c			call dist#ft#FTsrc()
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.dat\c			call dist#ft#FTdat()
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.sub\c			setf krl
+
 " Kimwitu[++]
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.k			setf kwt
 
@@ -972,7 +991,7 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.latte,*.lte		setf latte
 " Limits
 au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/limits,*/etc/*limits.conf,*/etc/*limits.d/*.conf	setf limits
 
-" LambdaProlog (*.mod too, see Modsim)
+" LambdaProlog (see dist#ft#FTmod for *.mod)
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.sig			setf lprolog
 
 " LDAP LDIF
@@ -1005,6 +1024,9 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.ll			setf lifelines
 " Lilo: Linux loader
 au BufNewFile,BufRead lilo.conf			setf lilo
 
+" Lilypond
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.ly,*.ily		setf lilypond
+
 " Lisp (*.el = ELisp, *.cl = Common Lisp)
 " *.jl was removed, it's also used for Julia, better skip than guess wrong.
 if has("fname_case")
@@ -1135,18 +1157,11 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.mms			call dist#ft#FTmms()
 " Symbian meta-makefile definition (MMP)
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.mmp			setf mmp
 
-" Modsim III (or LambdaProlog)
+" ABB Rapid, Modula-2, Modsim III or LambdaProlog
-au BufNewFile,BufRead *.mod
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.mod\c			call dist#ft#FTmod()
-	\ if expand("<afile>") =~ '\<go.mod$' |
-	\   setf gomod |
-	\ elseif getline(1) =~ '\<module\>' |
-	\   setf lprolog |
-	\ else |
-	\   setf modsim3 |
-	\ endif
 
-" Modula-2  (.md removed in favor of Markdown)
+" Modula-2  (.md removed in favor of Markdown, see dist#ft#FTmod for *.MOD)
-au BufNewFile,BufRead *.m2,*.DEF,*.MOD,*.mi	setf modula2
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.m2,*.DEF,*.mi		setf modula2
 
 " Modula-3 (.m3, .i3, .mg, .ig)
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.[mi][3g]		setf modula3
@@ -1274,19 +1289,25 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.or			setf openroad
 " OPL
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.[Oo][Pp][Ll]		setf opl
 
+" OpenSCAD
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.scad		setf openscad		
+
 " Oracle config file
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.ora			setf ora
 
+" Org
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.org,*.org_archive	setf org
+
 " Packet filter conf
 au BufNewFile,BufRead pf.conf			setf pf
 
-" Pacman Config (close enough to dosini)
+" Pacman config
-au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/pacman.conf		setf dosini
+au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/pacman.conf		setf conf
 
 " Pacman hooks
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.hook
 	\ if getline(1) == '[Trigger]' |
-	\   setf dosini |
+	\   setf conf |
 	\ endif
 
 " Pam conf
@@ -1341,9 +1362,10 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.pm
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.pod			setf pod
 
 " Php, php3, php4, etc.
-" Also Phtml (was used for PHP 2 in the past)
+" Also Phtml (was used for PHP 2 in the past).
-" Also .ctp for Cake template file
+" Also .ctp for Cake template file.
-au BufNewFile,BufRead *.php,*.php\d,*.phtml,*.ctp	setf php
+" Also .phpt for php tests.
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.php,*.php\d,*.phtml,*.ctp,*.phpt	setf php
 
 " PHP config
 au BufNewFile,BufRead php.ini-*			setf dosini
@@ -1570,6 +1592,9 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.rng			setf rng
 " RPL/2
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.rpl			setf rpl
 
+" Robot Framework
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.robot,*.resource	setf robot
+
 " Robots.txt
 au BufNewFile,BufRead robots.txt		setf robots
 
@@ -1629,16 +1654,22 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.sass			setf sass
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.sa			setf sather
 
 " Scala
-au BufNewFile,BufRead *.scala,*.sc		setf scala
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.scala			setf scala
 
 " SBT - Scala Build Tool
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.sbt			setf sbt
 
+" SuperCollider
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.sc			call dist#ft#FTsc()
+
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.quark			setf supercollider
+
+" scdoc
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.scd			call dist#ft#FTscd()
+
 " Scilab
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.sci,*.sce		setf scilab
 
-" scdoc
-au BufNewFile,BufRead *.scd			setf scdoc
 
 " SCSS
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.scss			setf scss
@@ -1661,7 +1692,8 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.siv,*.sieve		setf sieve
 " Sendmail
 au BufNewFile,BufRead sendmail.cf		setf sm
 
-" Sendmail .mc files are actually m4.  Could also be MS Message text file.
+" Sendmail .mc files are actually m4.  Could also be MS Message text file or
+" Maxima.
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.mc			call dist#ft#McSetf()
 
 " Services
@@ -1732,7 +1764,7 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead .zshrc,.zshenv,.zlogin,.zlogout,.zcompdump setf zsh
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.zsh			setf zsh
 
 " Scheme
-au BufNewFile,BufRead *.scm,*.ss,*.sld,*.rkt,*.rktd,*.rktl 	setf scheme
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.scm,*.ss,*.sld,*.rkt,*.rktd,*.rktl	setf scheme
 
 " Screen RC
 au BufNewFile,BufRead .screenrc,screenrc	setf screen
@@ -2038,6 +2070,9 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.vala			setf vala
 " Vera
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.vr,*.vri,*.vrh		setf vera
 
+" Vagrant (uses Ruby syntax)
+au BufNewFile,BufRead Vagrantfile		setf ruby
+
 " Verilog HDL
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.v			setf verilog
 
@@ -2091,6 +2126,9 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.wm			setf webmacro
 " Wget config
 au BufNewFile,BufRead .wgetrc,wgetrc		setf wget
 
+" Wget2 config
+au BufNewFile,BufRead .wget2rc,wget2rc		setf wget2
+
 " Website MetaLanguage
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.wml			setf wml
 

runtime/ftplugin/c.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin file
 " Language:	C
 " Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-" Last Change:	2021 Sep 21
+" Last Change:	2022 Apr 08
 
 " Only do this when not done yet for this buffer
 if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
@@ -31,7 +31,8 @@ if exists('&ofu')
 endif
 
 " Set 'comments' to format dashed lists in comments.
-setlocal comments=sO:*\ -,mO:*\ \ ,exO:*/,s1:/*,mb:*,ex:*/,://
+" Also include ///, used for Doxygen.
+setlocal comments=sO:*\ -,mO:*\ \ ,exO:*/,s1:/*,mb:*,ex:*/,:///,://
 
 " In VMS C keywords contain '$' characters.
 if has("vms")

runtime/ftplugin/elixir.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+" Elixir filetype plugin
+" Language: Elixir
+" Maintainer:	Mitchell Hanberg <vimNOSPAM@mitchellhanberg.com>
+" Last Change: 2022 Apr 20
+
+if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
+  finish
+endif
+let b:did_ftplugin = 1
+
+setlocal commentstring=#\ %s

runtime/ftplugin/elm.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Elm filetype plugin file
 " Language: Elm
 " Maintainer: Andreas Scharf <as@99n.de>
-" Latest Revision: 2020-05-29
+" Latest Revision: 2022-04-25
 
 if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
   finish
@@ -14,5 +14,7 @@ set cpo&vim
 setlocal comments=s1fl:{-,mb:\ ,ex:-},:--
 setlocal commentstring=--\ %s
 
+let b:undo_ftplugin = "setl com< cms<"
+
 let &cpo = s:cpo_save
 unlet s:cpo_save

runtime/ftplugin/fennel.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+" Vim filetype plugin file
+" Language:     Fennel
+" Maintainer:   Gregory Anders <greg[NOSPAM]@gpanders.com>
+" Last Update:  2022 Apr 20
+
+if exists('b:did_ftplugin')
+  finish
+endif
+let b:did_ftplugin = 1
+
+setlocal commentstring=;%s
+setlocal comments=:;;,:;
+setlocal formatoptions-=t
+setlocal suffixesadd=.fnl
+setlocal lisp
+setlocal lispwords=accumulate,collect,do,doto,each,eval-compiler,fn,for,icollect,lambda,let,macro,macros,match,match-try,when,while,with-open
+
+let b:undo_ftplugin = 'setlocal commentstring< comments< formatoptions< suffixesadd< lisp< lispwords<'

runtime/ftplugin/masm.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin file
 " Language:	Microsoft Macro Assembler (80x86)
 " Maintainer:	Wu Yongwei <wuyongwei@gmail.com>
-" Last Change:	2020-05-09 23:02:05 +0800
+" Last Change:	2022-04-24 21:24:52 +0800
 
 if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
   finish
@@ -15,5 +15,18 @@ let b:undo_ftplugin = "setl iskeyword<"
 
 setlocal iskeyword=@,48-57,_,36,60,62,63,@-@
 
+" Matchit support
+if !exists('b:match_words')
+  let b:match_words = '^\s*\.IF\>:^\s*\.ELSEIF\>:^\s*\.ELSE\>:^\s*\.ENDIF\>,'
+        \ .. '^\s*\.REPEAT\>:^\s*\.UNTIL\(CXZ\)\?\>,'
+        \ .. '^\s*\.WHILE\>:^\s*\.ENDW\>,'
+        \ .. '^\s*IF\(1\|2\|E\|DEF\|NDEF\|B\|NB\|IDNI\?\|DIFI\?\)\?\>:^\s*ELSEIF\(1\|2\|E\|DEF\|NDEF\|B\|NB\|IDNI\?\|DIFI\?\)\?\>:^\s*ELSE\>:^\s*ENDIF\>,'
+        \ .. '\(\<MACRO\>\|^\s*%\?\s*FORC\?\>\|^\s*REPEAT\>\|^\s*WHILE\):^\s*ENDM\>,'
+        \ .. '\<PROC\>:\<ENDP\>,'
+        \ .. '\<SEGMENT\>:\<ENDS\>'
+  let b:match_ignorecase = 1
+  let b:undo_ftplugin ..= " | unlet! b:match_ignorecase b:match_words"
+endif
+
 let &cpo = s:cpo_save
 unlet s:cpo_save

runtime/ftplugin/reva.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim ftplugin file
 " Language:	Reva Forth
 " Version:	7.1
-" Last Change:	2008/01/11
+" Last Change:	2022 Apr 27
 " Maintainer:	Ron Aaron <ron@ronware.org>
 " URL:		http://ronware.org/reva/
 " Filetypes:	*.rf *.frt 
@@ -23,3 +23,5 @@ setlocal com=s1:/*,mb:*,ex:*/,:\|,:\\
 setlocal fo=tcrqol
 setlocal matchpairs+=\::;
 setlocal iskeyword=!,@,33-35,%,$,38-64,A-Z,91-96,a-z,123-126,128-255
+
+let b:undo_ftplugin = "setlocal sts< sw< com< fo< mps< isk<"

runtime/ftplugin/xslt.vim

@@ -1,18 +1,18 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin file
-" Language:	xslt
+" Language:		XSLT
-"
+" Maintainer:		Doug Kearns <dougkearns@gmail.com>
-" This runtime file is looking for a new maintainer.
+" Previous Maintainer:	Dan Sharp
-"
+" Last Change:		2022 Apr 25
-" Former maintainer:	Dan Sharp
-" Last Changed: 20 Jan 2009
 
-if exists("b:did_ftplugin") | finish | endif
+if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
+  finish
+endif
 
 runtime! ftplugin/xml.vim ftplugin/xml_*.vim ftplugin/xml/*.vim
 
 let b:did_ftplugin = 1
 
 " Change the :browse e filter to primarily show xsd-related files.
-if has("gui_win32") && exists("b:browsefilter")
+if (has("gui_win32") || has("gui_gtk")) && exists("b:browsefilter")
-    let  b:browsefilter="XSLT Files (*.xsl,*.xslt)\t*.xsl;*.xslt\n" . b:browsefilter
+  let b:browsefilter = "XSLT Files (*.xsl,*.xslt)\t*.xsl;*.xslt\n" . b:browsefilter
 endif

runtime/import/dist/vimhelp.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+vim9script
+
+# Extra functionality for displaying Vim help .
+
+# Called when editing the doc/syntax.txt file
+export def HighlightGroups()
+  var buf: number = bufnr('%')
+  var lnum: number = search('\*highlight-groups\*', 'cn')
+  while getline(lnum) !~ '===' && lnum < line('$')
+    var word: string = getline(lnum)->matchstr('^\w\+\ze\t')
+    if word->hlexists()
+      prop_type_add('help-hl-' .. word, {
+	bufnr: buf,
+	highlight: word,
+	combine: false,
+	})
+      prop_add(lnum, 1, {length: word->strlen(), type: 'help-hl-' .. word})
+    endif
+    ++lnum
+  endwhile
+enddef

runtime/indent/README.txt

@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ Always use ":setlocal" to set 'indentexpr'.  This avoids it being carried over
 to other buffers.
 
 To trigger the indenting after typing a word like "endif", add the word to the
-'cinkeys' option with "+=".
+'indentkeys' option with "+=".
 
 You normally set 'indentexpr' to evaluate a function and then define that
 function.  That function only needs to be defined once for as long as Vim is

runtime/indent/ada.vim

@@ -16,6 +16,7 @@
 "		15.10.2006 MK Bram's suggestion for runtime integration
 "		05.11.2006 MK Bram suggested to save on spaces
 "		19.09.2007 NO g: missing before ada#Comment
+"		2022 April: b:undo_indent added by Doug Kearns
 "    Help Page: ft-vim-indent
 "------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 " ToDo:
@@ -35,6 +36,8 @@ setlocal indentexpr=GetAdaIndent()
 setlocal indentkeys-=0{,0}
 setlocal indentkeys+=0=~then,0=~end,0=~elsif,0=~when,0=~exception,0=~begin,0=~is,0=~record
 
+let b:undo_indent = "setl inde< indk<"
+
 " Only define the functions once.
 if exists("*GetAdaIndent")
    finish

runtime/indent/awk.vim

@@ -24,6 +24,7 @@
 " 29-04-2002 Fixed problems in function headers and max line width
 "	     Added support for two-line if's without curly braces
 " Fixed hang: 2011 Aug 31
+" 2022 April: b:undo_indent added by Doug Kearns
 
 " Only load this indent file when no other was loaded.
 if exists("b:did_indent")
@@ -36,6 +37,8 @@ setlocal indentexpr=GetAwkIndent()
 " Mmm, copied from the tcl indent program. Is this okay?
 setlocal indentkeys-=:,0#
 
+let b:undo_indent = "setl inde< indk<"
+
 " Only define the function once.
 if exists("*GetAwkIndent")
     finish

runtime/indent/cdl.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Description:	Comshare Dimension Definition Language (CDL)
 " Maintainer:	Raul Segura Acevedo <raulseguraaceved@netscape.net> (Invalid email address)
 " 		Doug Kearns <dougkearns@gmail.com>
-" Last Change:	Fri Nov 30 13:35:48  2001 CST
+" Last Change:	2022 Apr 06
 
 if exists("b:did_indent")
     "finish
@@ -12,6 +12,8 @@ setlocal indentexpr=CdlGetIndent(v:lnum)
 setlocal indentkeys&
 setlocal indentkeys+==~else,=~endif,=~then,;,),=
 
+let b:undo_indent = "setl inde< indk<"
+
 " Only define the function once.
 if exists("*CdlGetIndent")
     "finish

runtime/indent/chaiscript.vim

@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 " Vim indent file
 " Language:     ChaiScript
 " Maintainer:	Jason Turner <lefticus 'at' gmail com>
+" Last Change: 	2022 Apr 06
 
 " Only load this indent file when no other was loaded.
 if exists("b:did_indent")
@@ -11,6 +12,8 @@ let b:did_indent = 1
 setlocal indentexpr=GetChaiScriptIndent()
 setlocal autoindent
 
+let b:undo_indent = "setl ai< inde<"
+
 " Only define the function once.
 if exists("*GetChaiScriptIndent")
   finish

runtime/indent/cmake.vim

@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 " Author:       Andy Cedilnik <andy.cedilnik@kitware.com>
 " Maintainer:   Dimitri Merejkowsky <d.merej@gmail.com>
 " Former Maintainer: Karthik Krishnan <karthik.krishnan@kitware.com>
-" Last Change:  2017 Sep 24
+" Last Change:  2022 Apr 06
 "
 " Licence:      The CMake license applies to this file. See
 "               https://cmake.org/licensing
@@ -17,6 +17,8 @@ let b:did_indent = 1
 setlocal indentexpr=CMakeGetIndent(v:lnum)
 setlocal indentkeys+==ENDIF(,ENDFOREACH(,ENDMACRO(,ELSE(,ELSEIF(,ENDWHILE(
 
+let b:undo_indent = "setl inde< indk<"
+
 " Only define the function once.
 if exists("*CMakeGetIndent")
   finish

runtime/indent/d.vim

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 " Language:	D
 " Maintainer:	Jason Mills <jmills@cs.mun.ca> (Invalid email address)
 " 		Doug Kearns <dougkearns@gmail.com>
-" Last Change:	2005 Nov 22
+" Last Change:	2022 Apr 06
 " Version:	0.1
 "
 " Please email me with bugs, comments, and suggestion. Put vim in the subject
@@ -19,4 +19,6 @@ let b:did_indent = 1
 " D indenting is a lot like the built-in C indenting.
 setlocal cindent
 
+let b:undo_indent = "setl cin<"
+
 " vim: ts=8 noet

runtime/indent/dictconf.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim indent file
 " Language:             dict(1) configuration file
 " Previous Maintainer:  Nikolai Weibull <now@bitwi.se>
-" Latest Revision:      2006-12-20
+" Last Change:      	2022 Apr 06
 
 if exists("b:did_indent")
   finish
@@ -11,3 +11,5 @@ let b:did_indent = 1
 setlocal indentkeys=0{,0},!^F,o,O cinwords= autoindent smartindent
 setlocal nosmartindent
 inoremap <buffer> # X#
+
+let b:undo_indent = "setl ai< cinw< indk< si< | silent! iunmap <buffer> #"

runtime/indent/dictdconf.vim

@@ -11,3 +11,5 @@ let b:did_indent = 1
 setlocal indentkeys=0{,0},!^F,o,O cinwords= autoindent smartindent
 setlocal nosmartindent
 inoremap <buffer> # X#
+
+let b:undo_indent = "setl ai< cinw< indk< si< | silent! iunmap <buffer> #"

runtime/indent/dylan.vim

@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 " Maintainer:	Brent A. Fulgham <bfulgham@debian.org> (Invalid email address)
 " 		Doug Kearns <dougkearns@gmail.com>
 " Version:	0.01
-" Last Change:	2017 Jun 13
+" Last Change:	2022 Apr 06
 
 " Only load this indent file when no other was loaded.
 if exists("b:did_indent")
@@ -15,6 +15,9 @@ setlocal indentkeys+==~begin,=~block,=~case,=~cleanup,=~define,=~end,=~else,=~el
 
 " Define the appropriate indent function but only once
 setlocal indentexpr=DylanGetIndent()
+
+let b:undo_indent = "setl inde< indk<"
+
 if exists("*DylanGetIndent")
   finish
 endif

runtime/indent/falcon.vim

@@ -3,6 +3,7 @@
 " Maintainer: Steven Oliver <oliver.steven@gmail.com>
 " Website: https://steveno@github.com/steveno/falconpl-vim.git
 " Credits: This is, to a great extent, a copy n' paste of ruby.vim.
+"		2022 April: b:undo_indent added by Doug Kearns
 
 " 1. Setup {{{1
 " ============
@@ -20,6 +21,8 @@ setlocal indentexpr=FalconGetIndent(v:lnum)
 setlocal indentkeys=0{,0},0),0],!^F,o,O,e
 setlocal indentkeys+==~case,=~catch,=~default,=~elif,=~else,=~end,=~\"
 
+let b:undo_indent = "setl inde< indk< si<"
+
 " Define the appropriate indent function but only once
 if exists("*FalconGetIndent")
     finish

runtime/indent/fennel.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+" Vim indent file
+" Language:    Fennel
+" Maintainer:  Gregory Anders <greg[NOSPAM]@gpanders.com>
+" Last Change: 2022 Apr 20
+
+" Only load this indent file when no other was loaded.
+if exists("b:did_indent")
+  finish
+endif
+
+" Use the Lisp indenting
+runtime! indent/lisp.vim

runtime/indent/gitolite.vim

@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 "	(https://raw.githubusercontent.com/sitaramc/gitolite/master/contrib/vim/indent/gitolite.vim)
 " Maintainer:	Sitaram Chamarty <sitaramc@gmail.com>
 " (former Maintainer:	Teemu Matilainen <teemu.matilainen@iki.fi>)
-" Last Change:	2017 Oct 05
+" Last Change:	2022 Apr 06
 
 if exists("b:did_indent")
   finish
@@ -15,6 +15,8 @@ setlocal autoindent
 setlocal indentexpr=GetGitoliteIndent()
 setlocal indentkeys=o,O,*<Return>,!^F,=repo,\",=
 
+let b:undo_indent = "setl ai< inde< indk<"
+
 " Only define the function once.
 if exists("*GetGitoliteIndent")
   finish

runtime/indent/idlang.vim

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 " Language:	IDL (ft=idlang)
 " Maintainer:	Aleksandar Jelenak <ajelenak AT yahoo.com> (Invalid email address)
 " 		Doug Kearns <dougkearns@gmail.com>
-" Last change:	2017 Jun 13
+" Last change:	2022 Apr 06
 
 " Only load this indent file when no other was loaded.
 if exists("b:did_indent")
@@ -14,6 +14,8 @@ setlocal indentkeys=o,O,0=endif,0=ENDIF,0=endelse,0=ENDELSE,0=endwhile,0=ENDWHIL
 
 setlocal indentexpr=GetIdlangIndent(v:lnum)
 
+let b:undo_indent = "setl inde< indk<"
+
 " Only define the function once.
 if exists("*GetIdlangIndent")
    finish

runtime/indent/krl.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,130 @@
+" Vim indent file
+" Language: Kuka Robot Language
+" Maintainer: Patrick Meiser-Knosowski <knosowski@graeffrobotics.de>
+" Version: 3.0.0
+" Last Change: 15. Apr 2022
+" Credits: Based on indent/vim.vim
+
+" Only load this indent file when no other was loaded.
+if exists("b:did_indent")
+  finish
+endif
+let b:did_indent = 1
+
+setlocal nolisp
+setlocal nocindent
+setlocal nosmartindent
+setlocal autoindent
+setlocal indentexpr=GetKrlIndent()
+setlocal indentkeys=!^F,o,O,=~end,0=~else,0=~case,0=~default,0=~until,0=~continue,=~part
+let b:undo_indent = "setlocal lisp< cindent< smartindent< autoindent< indentexpr< indentkeys<"
+
+if get(g:,'krlSpaceIndent',1)
+  " Use spaces, not tabs, for indention, 2 is enough. 
+  " More or even tabs would waste valuable space on the teach pendant.
+  setlocal softtabstop=2
+  setlocal shiftwidth=2
+  setlocal expandtab
+  setlocal shiftround
+  let b:undo_indent = b:undo_indent." softtabstop< shiftwidth< expandtab< shiftround<"
+endif
+
+" Only define the function once.
+if exists("*GetKrlIndent")
+  finish
+endif
+let s:keepcpo = &cpo
+set cpo&vim
+
+function GetKrlIndent() abort
+
+  let currentLine = getline(v:lnum)
+  if  currentLine =~? '\v^;(\s*(end)?fold>)@!' && !get(g:, 'krlCommentIndent', 0)
+    " If current line has a ; in column 1 and is no fold, keep zero indent.
+    " This may be usefull if code is commented out at the first column.
+    return 0
+  endif
+
+  " Find a non-blank line above the current line.
+  let preNoneBlankLineNum = s:KrlPreNoneBlank(v:lnum - 1)
+  if  preNoneBlankLineNum == 0
+    " At the start of the file use zero indent.
+    return 0
+  endif
+
+  let preNoneBlankLine = getline(preNoneBlankLineNum)
+  let ind = indent(preNoneBlankLineNum)
+
+  " Define add 'shiftwidth' pattern
+  let addShiftwidthPattern =           '\v^\s*('
+  if get(g:, 'krlIndentBetweenDef', 1)
+    let addShiftwidthPattern ..=               '(global\s+)?def(fct|dat)?\s+\$?\w'
+    let addShiftwidthPattern ..=               '|'
+  endif
+  let addShiftwidthPattern   ..=               'if>|while>|for>|loop>'
+  let addShiftwidthPattern   ..=               '|else>'
+  let addShiftwidthPattern   ..=               '|case>|default>'
+  let addShiftwidthPattern   ..=               '|repeat>'
+  let addShiftwidthPattern   ..=               '|skip>|(ptp_)?spline>'
+  let addShiftwidthPattern   ..=               '|time_block\s+(start|part)>'
+  let addShiftwidthPattern   ..=               '|const_vel\s+start>'
+  let addShiftwidthPattern   ..=             ')'
+
+  " Define Subtract 'shiftwidth' pattern
+  let subtractShiftwidthPattern =      '\v^\s*('
+  if get(g:, 'krlIndentBetweenDef', 1)
+    let subtractShiftwidthPattern ..=          'end(fct|dat)?>'
+    let subtractShiftwidthPattern ..=          '|'
+  endif
+  let subtractShiftwidthPattern   ..=          'end(if|while|for|loop)>'
+  let subtractShiftwidthPattern   ..=          '|else>'
+  let subtractShiftwidthPattern   ..=          '|case>|default>|endswitch>'
+  let subtractShiftwidthPattern   ..=          '|until>'
+  let subtractShiftwidthPattern   ..=          '|end(skip|spline)>'
+  let subtractShiftwidthPattern   ..=          '|time_block\s+(part|end)>'
+  let subtractShiftwidthPattern   ..=          '|const_vel\s+end>'
+  let subtractShiftwidthPattern   ..=        ')'
+
+  " Add shiftwidth
+  if preNoneBlankLine =~? addShiftwidthPattern
+    let ind += &sw
+  endif
+
+  " Subtract shiftwidth
+  if currentLine =~? subtractShiftwidthPattern
+    let ind = ind - &sw
+  endif
+
+  " First case after a switch gets the indent of the switch.
+  if currentLine =~? '\v^\s*case>'  
+        \&& preNoneBlankLine =~? '\v^\s*switch>'
+    let ind = ind + &sw
+  endif
+
+  " align continue with the following instruction
+  if currentLine =~? '\v^\s*continue>'  
+        \&& getline(v:lnum + 1) =~? subtractShiftwidthPattern
+    let ind = ind - &sw
+  endif
+
+  return ind
+endfunction
+
+" This function works almost like prevnonblank() but handles &-headers,
+" comments and continue instructions like blank lines
+function s:KrlPreNoneBlank(lnum) abort
+
+  let nPreNoneBlank = prevnonblank(a:lnum)
+
+  while nPreNoneBlank > 0 && getline(nPreNoneBlank) =~? '\v^\s*(\&\w\+|;|continue>)'
+    " Previouse none blank line irrelevant. Look further aback.
+    let nPreNoneBlank = prevnonblank(nPreNoneBlank - 1)
+  endwhile
+
+  return nPreNoneBlank
+endfunction
+
+let &cpo = s:keepcpo
+unlet s:keepcpo
+
+" vim:sw=2 sts=2 et

runtime/indent/make.vim

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 " Language:		Makefile
 " Maintainer:		Doug Kearns <dougkearns@gmail.com>
 " Previous Maintainer:	Nikolai Weibull <now@bitwi.se>
-" Last Change:		24 Sep 2021
+" Last Change:		2022 Apr 06
 
 if exists("b:did_indent")
   finish
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ setlocal indentexpr=GetMakeIndent()
 setlocal indentkeys=!^F,o,O,<:>,=else,=endif
 setlocal nosmartindent
 
-let b:undo_indent = "setl ai< inde< indk<"
+let b:undo_indent = "setl inde< indk< si<"
 
 if exists("*GetMakeIndent")
   finish

runtime/indent/mma.vim

@@ -3,6 +3,7 @@
 " Maintainer:	Steve Layland <layland@wolfram.com> (Invalid email address)
 " 		Doug Kearns <dougkearns@gmail.com>
 " Last Change:	Sat May  10 18:56:22 CDT 2005
+"		2022 April: b:undo_indent added by Doug Kearns
 " Source:	http://vim.sourceforge.net/scripts/script.php?script_id=1274
 " 		http://members.wolfram.com/layland/vim/indent/mma.vim
 "
@@ -26,6 +27,8 @@ setlocal indentexpr=GetMmaIndent()
 setlocal indentkeys+=0[,0],0(,0)
 setlocal nosi "turn off smart indent so we don't over analyze } blocks
 
+let b:undo_indent = "setl inde< indk< si<"
+
 if exists("*GetMmaIndent")
     finish
 endif

runtime/indent/nginx.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim indent file
 " Language: nginx.conf
 " Maintainer: Chris Aumann <me@chr4.org>
-" Last Change: Apr 15, 2017
+" Last Change:  2022 Apr 06
 
 if exists("b:did_indent")
     finish
@@ -15,3 +15,5 @@ setlocal cindent
 
 " Just make sure that the comments are not reset as defs would be.
 setlocal cinkeys-=0#
+
+let b:undo_indent = "setl inde< cin< cink<"

runtime/indent/objc.vim

@@ -1,9 +1,7 @@
 "   Vim indent file
 "   Language:	    Objective-C
 "   Maintainer:	    Kazunobu Kuriyama <kazunobu.kuriyama@nifty.com>
-"   Last Change:    2004 May 16
+"   Last Change:    2022 Apr 06
-"
-
 
 " Only load this indent file when no other was loaded.
 if exists("b:did_indent")
@@ -19,6 +17,8 @@ setlocal indentexpr=GetObjCIndent()
 setlocal indentkeys-=:
 setlocal indentkeys+=<:>
 
+let b:undo_indent = "setl cin< inde< indk<"
+
 " Only define the function once.
 if exists("*GetObjCIndent")
     finish

runtime/indent/occam.vim

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 " Language:	occam
 " Maintainer:	Mario Schweigler <ms44@kent.ac.uk> (Invalid email address)
 " 		Doug Kearns <dougkearns@gmail.com>
-" Last Change:	23 April 2003
+" Last Change:	2022 Apr 06
 
 " Only load this indent file when no other was loaded.
 if exists("b:did_indent")
@@ -17,6 +17,8 @@ setlocal indentexpr=GetOccamIndent()
 setlocal indentkeys=o,O,0=:
 "}}}
 
+let b:undo_indent = "setl inde< indk<"
+
 " Only define the function once
 if exists("*GetOccamIndent")
   finish

runtime/indent/postscr.vim

@@ -2,8 +2,8 @@
 " Language:	PostScript
 " Maintainer:	Mike Williams <mrw@netcomuk.co.uk> (Invalid email address)
 " 		Doug Kearns <dougkearns@gmail.com>
-" Last Change:	2nd July 2001
+" Last Change:	2022 Apr 06
-"
+
 
 " Only load this indent file when no other was loaded.
 if exists("b:did_indent")
@@ -14,6 +14,8 @@ let b:did_indent = 1
 setlocal indentexpr=PostscrIndentGet(v:lnum)
 setlocal indentkeys+=0],0=>>,0=%%,0=end,0=restore,0=grestore indentkeys-=:,0#,e
 
+let b:undo_indent = "setl inde< indk<"
+
 " Catch multiple instantiations
 if exists("*PostscrIndentGet")
   finish

runtime/indent/pov.vim

@@ -2,6 +2,7 @@
 " Language: PoV-Ray Scene Description Language
 " Maintainer: David Necas (Yeti) <yeti@physics.muni.cz>
 " Last Change: 2017 Jun 13
+"              2022 April: b:undo_indent added by Doug Kearns
 " URI: http://trific.ath.cx/Ftp/vim/indent/pov.vim
 
 " Only load this indent file when no other was loaded.
@@ -16,6 +17,8 @@ setlocal nolisp " Make sure lisp indenting doesn't supersede us.
 setlocal indentexpr=GetPoVRayIndent()
 setlocal indentkeys+==else,=end,0]
 
+let b:undo_indent = "setl inde< indk< lisp<"
+
 " Only define the function once.
 if exists("*GetPoVRayIndent")
   finish

runtime/indent/prolog.vim

@@ -4,6 +4,7 @@
 " 		Doug Kearns <dougkearns@gmail.com>
 "  Revised on:	2002.02.18. 23:34:05
 "  Last change by: Takuya Fujiwara, 2018 Sep 23
+"		2022 April: b:undo_indent added by Doug Kearns
 
 " TODO:
 "   checking with respect to syntax highlighting
@@ -21,6 +22,8 @@ setlocal indentexpr=GetPrologIndent()
 setlocal indentkeys-=:,0#
 setlocal indentkeys+=0%,-,0;,>,0)
 
+let b:undo_indent = "setl inde< indk<"
+
 " Only define the function once.
 "if exists("*GetPrologIndent")
 "    finish

runtime/indent/sas.vim

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 " Language:     SAS
 " Maintainer:   Zhen-Huan Hu <wildkeny@gmail.com>
 " Version:      3.0.3
-" Last Change:  Jun 26, 2018
+" Last Change:  2022 Apr 06
 
 if exists("b:did_indent")
   finish
@@ -12,6 +12,8 @@ let b:did_indent = 1
 setlocal indentexpr=GetSASIndent()
 setlocal indentkeys+=;,=~data,=~proc,=~macro
 
+let b:undo_indent = "setl inde< indk<"
+
 if exists("*GetSASIndent")
   finish
 endif

runtime/indent/sml.vim

@@ -7,10 +7,11 @@
 "               Mike Leary          <leary@nwlink.com>
 "               Markus Mottl        <markus@oefai.at>
 " OCaml URL:    http://www.oefai.at/~markus/vim/indent/ocaml.vim
-" Last Change:  2003 Jan 04	- Adapted to SML
+" Last Change:  2022 Apr 06
 " 				2002 Nov 06 - Some fixes (JY)
 "               2002 Oct 28 - Fixed bug with indentation of ']' (MM)
 "               2002 Oct 22 - Major rewrite (JY)
+"		2022 April: b:undo_indent added by Doug Kearns
 
 " Only load this indent file when no other was loaded.
 if exists("b:did_indent")
@@ -26,6 +27,8 @@ setlocal nosmartindent
 setlocal textwidth=80
 setlocal shiftwidth=2
 
+let b:undo_indent = "setl et< inde< indk< lisp< si< sw< tw<"
+
 " Comment formatting
 if (has("comments"))
   set comments=sr:(*,mb:*,ex:*)

runtime/indent/systemverilog.vim

@@ -2,6 +2,7 @@
 " Language:    SystemVerilog
 " Maintainer:  kocha <kocha.lsifrontend@gmail.com>
 " Last Change: 05-Feb-2017 by Bilal Wasim
+"		2022 April: b:undo_indent added by Doug Kearns
 
 " Only load this indent file when no other was loaded.
 if exists("b:did_indent")
@@ -16,6 +17,8 @@ setlocal indentkeys+==endclass,=endpackage,=endsequence,=endclocking
 setlocal indentkeys+==endinterface,=endgroup,=endprogram,=endproperty,=endchecker
 setlocal indentkeys+==`else,=`endif
 
+let b:undo_indent = "setl inde< indk<"
+
 " Only define the function once.
 if exists("*SystemVerilogIndent")
   finish

runtime/indent/testdir/krl.in

@@ -0,0 +1,148 @@
+; vim: set ft=krl :
+
+; START_INDENT
+
+def One()
+int i
+If i==1 then
+While i>=1
+For i=1 to 5 step 2
+Loop
+i = i+1
+EndLoop
+EndFor
+EndWhile
+Else
+Repeat
+Switch i
+Case 1
+Skip 123
+i = i+1
+EndSkip 123
+Spline with $acc=100, $vel.cp=3
+slin {x 100}
+scirc {x 110, y 110}, {x 120, y 90}
+slin {x 200} c_dis
+Time_Block Start
+slin {x 300} c_dis
+Time_Block Part = 22.2
+slin {y 400} c_dis
+Time_Block Part = 33.3
+Time_Block End = 10
+slin {y 200} c_dis
+Const_Vel Start +100 OnStart
+slin {y 300} c_dis
+slin {x 100}
+Const_Vel End -5.5
+slin {y 200} c_dis
+EndSpline
+Case 2,3
+PTP_Spline with $acc=100, $vel.ptp=100
+sptp {a1 0} c_ptp
+sptp {a1 90}
+EndSpline c_spl
+Default
+i = i+1
+EndSwitch
+Continue
+Until False
+EndIf
+end
+
+DEF Two()
+int i
+END
+
+global def Three()
+int i
+end
+
+GLOBAL DEF Four()
+int i
+END
+
+Global Def Five()
+int i
+End
+
+deffct bool fOne()
+int i
+endfct
+
+DEFFCT bool fTwo()
+int i
+ENDFCT
+
+global deffct bool fThree()
+int i
+endfct
+
+GLOBAL DEFFCT bool fFour()
+int i
+ENDFCT
+
+Global DefFct bool fFive()
+int i
+EndFct
+
+DefDat datfile()
+global int i=1
+; don't indent column 1 comments unless g:krlCommentIndent is set
+;  global int o=2
+EndDat
+
+; END_INDENT
+
+; START_INDENT
+; INDENT_EXE let g:krlSpaceIndent = 0
+; INDENT_EXE set shiftwidth=4
+
+def bla()
+int i
+end
+
+; END_INDENT
+
+; START_INDENT
+; INDENT_EXE let g:krlCommentIndent = 1
+def bla()
+; indent this first column comment because of g:krlCommentIndent=1
+end
+; END_INDENT
+
+; START_INDENT
+; INDENT_EXE let g:krlIndentBetweenDef = 0
+def bla()
+int i ; don't indent this line because of g:krlIndentBetweenDef=0
+end
+; END_INDENT
+
+; START_INDENT
+; INDENT_AT  this-line
+def Some()
+int f
+if true then
+f = 1 ; this-line
+endif
+end
+; END_INDENT
+
+; START_INDENT
+; INDENT_NEXT  next-line
+def Some()
+  int i
+     ; next-line
+i = 1 ; should get indent of line 'int i' above
+end
+; END_INDENT
+
+; START_INDENT
+; INDENT_PREV  prev-line
+def Some()
+int f
+if true then
+f = 1
+; prev-line
+endif
+end
+; END_INDENT

runtime/indent/testdir/krl.ok

@@ -0,0 +1,148 @@
+; vim: set ft=krl :
+
+; START_INDENT
+
+def One()
+  int i
+  If i==1 then
+    While i>=1
+      For i=1 to 5 step 2
+        Loop
+          i = i+1
+        EndLoop
+      EndFor
+    EndWhile
+  Else
+    Repeat
+      Switch i
+      Case 1
+        Skip 123
+          i = i+1
+        EndSkip 123
+        Spline with $acc=100, $vel.cp=3
+          slin {x 100}
+          scirc {x 110, y 110}, {x 120, y 90}
+          slin {x 200} c_dis
+          Time_Block Start
+            slin {x 300} c_dis
+          Time_Block Part = 22.2
+            slin {y 400} c_dis
+          Time_Block Part = 33.3
+          Time_Block End = 10
+          slin {y 200} c_dis
+          Const_Vel Start +100 OnStart
+            slin {y 300} c_dis
+            slin {x 100}
+          Const_Vel End -5.5
+          slin {y 200} c_dis
+        EndSpline
+      Case 2,3
+        PTP_Spline with $acc=100, $vel.ptp=100
+          sptp {a1 0} c_ptp
+          sptp {a1 90}
+        EndSpline c_spl
+      Default
+        i = i+1
+      EndSwitch
+    Continue
+    Until False
+  EndIf
+end
+
+DEF Two()
+  int i
+END
+
+global def Three()
+  int i
+end
+
+GLOBAL DEF Four()
+  int i
+END
+
+Global Def Five()
+  int i
+End
+
+deffct bool fOne()
+  int i
+endfct
+
+DEFFCT bool fTwo()
+  int i
+ENDFCT
+
+global deffct bool fThree()
+  int i
+endfct
+
+GLOBAL DEFFCT bool fFour()
+  int i
+ENDFCT
+
+Global DefFct bool fFive()
+  int i
+EndFct
+
+DefDat datfile()
+  global int i=1
+; don't indent column 1 comments unless g:krlCommentIndent is set
+;  global int o=2
+EndDat
+
+; END_INDENT
+
+; START_INDENT
+; INDENT_EXE let g:krlSpaceIndent = 0
+; INDENT_EXE set shiftwidth=4
+
+def bla()
+    int i
+end
+
+; END_INDENT
+
+; START_INDENT
+; INDENT_EXE let g:krlCommentIndent = 1
+def bla()
+    ; indent this first column comment because of g:krlCommentIndent=1
+end
+; END_INDENT
+
+; START_INDENT
+; INDENT_EXE let g:krlIndentBetweenDef = 0
+def bla()
+int i ; don't indent this line because of g:krlIndentBetweenDef=0
+end
+; END_INDENT
+
+; START_INDENT
+; INDENT_AT  this-line
+def Some()
+int f
+if true then
+    f = 1 ; this-line
+endif
+end
+; END_INDENT
+
+; START_INDENT
+; INDENT_NEXT  next-line
+def Some()
+  int i
+     ; next-line
+  i = 1 ; should get indent of line 'int i' above
+end
+; END_INDENT
+
+; START_INDENT
+; INDENT_PREV  prev-line
+def Some()
+int f
+if true then
+    f = 1
+; prev-line
+endif
+end
+; END_INDENT

runtime/indent/testdir/yaml.in

@@ -17,3 +17,9 @@ map: val
 map: multiline
 value
 # END_INDENT
+
+# START_INDENT
+map: |
+line1
+line2
+# END_INDENT

runtime/indent/testdir/yaml.ok

@@ -17,3 +17,9 @@ map: val
 map: multiline
   value
 # END_INDENT
+
+# START_INDENT
+map: |
+  line1
+  line2
+# END_INDENT

runtime/indent/tf.vim

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 " Language:     tf (TinyFugue)
 " Maintainer:   Christian J. Robinson <heptite@gmail.com>
 " URL:          http://www.vim.org/scripts/script.php?script_id=174
-" Last Change:  2017 Feb 25 
+" Last Change:  2022 Apr 25
 
 " Only load this indent file when no other was loaded.
 if exists("b:did_indent")
@@ -14,6 +14,8 @@ setlocal indentexpr=GetTFIndent()
 setlocal indentkeys-=0{,0} indentkeys-=0# indentkeys-=:
 setlocal indentkeys+==/endif,=/then,=/else,=/done,0;
 
+let b:undo_indent = "setlocal indentexpr< indentkeys<"
+
 " Only define the function once:
 if exists("*GetTFIndent")
   finish

runtime/indent/tilde.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,8 @@
 "Description: Indent scheme for the tilde weblanguage
-"Author: Tobias Rundström <tobi@tobi.nu>
+"Author: Tobias Rundström <tobi@tobi.nu> (Invalid email address)
 "URL: http://tilde.tildesoftware.net
 "Last Change: May  8 09:15:09 CEST 2002
+"	      2022 April: b:undo_indent added by Doug Kearns
 
 if exists ("b:did_indent")
 	finish
@@ -13,6 +14,8 @@ setlocal autoindent
 setlocal indentexpr=GetTildeIndent(v:lnum)
 setlocal indentkeys=o,O,)
 
+let b:undo_indent = "setl ai< inde< indk<"
+
 if exists("*GetTildeIndent")
 	finish
 endif

runtime/indent/treetop.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,8 @@
 " Vim indent file
-" Language:             Treetop
+" Language:		Treetop
-" Previous Maintainer:  Nikolai Weibull <now@bitwi.se>
+" Maintainer:		Doug Kearns <dougkearns@gmail.com>
-" Latest Revision:      2011-03-14
+" Previous Maintainer:	Nikolai Weibull <now@bitwi.se>
+" Last Change:		2022 April 25
 
 if exists("b:did_indent")
   finish
@@ -12,6 +13,8 @@ setlocal indentexpr=GetTreetopIndent()
 setlocal indentkeys=0{,0},!^F,o,O,=end
 setlocal nosmartindent
 
+let b:undo_indent = "setl inde< indk< si<"
+
 if exists("*GetTreetopIndent")
   finish
 endif

runtime/indent/xf86conf.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,8 @@
 " Vim indent file
-" Language:             XFree86 Configuration File
+" Language:		XFree86 Configuration File
-" Previous Maintainer:  Nikolai Weibull <now@bitwi.se>
+" Maintainer:		Doug Kearns <dougkearns@gmail.com>
-" Latest Revision:      2006-12-20
+" Previous Maintainer:	Nikolai Weibull <now@bitwi.se>
+" Last Change:		2022 April 25
 
 if exists("b:did_indent")
   finish
@@ -12,6 +13,8 @@ setlocal indentexpr=GetXF86ConfIndent()
 setlocal indentkeys=!^F,o,O,=End
 setlocal nosmartindent
 
+let b:undo_indent = "setl inde< indk< si<"
+
 if exists("*GetXF86ConfIndent")
   finish
 endif

runtime/indent/xinetd.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,8 @@
 " Vim indent file
-" Language:             xinetd.conf(5) configuration file
+" Language:		xinetd.conf(5) configuration file
-" Previous Maintainer:  Nikolai Weibull <now@bitwi.se>
+" Maintainer:		Doug Kearns <dougkearns@gmail.com>
-" Latest Revision:      2006-12-20
+" Previous Maintainer:	Nikolai Weibull <now@bitwi.se>
+" Last Change:		2022 April 25
 
 if exists("b:did_indent")
   finish
@@ -12,6 +13,8 @@ setlocal indentexpr=GetXinetdIndent()
 setlocal indentkeys=0{,0},!^F,o,O
 setlocal nosmartindent
 
+let b:undo_indent = "setl inde< indk< si<"
+
 if exists("*GetXinetdIndent")
   finish
 endif

runtime/indent/yacc.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,8 @@
 " Vim indent file
-" Language:             YACC input file
+" Language:		YACC input file
-" Previous Maintainer:  Nikolai Weibull <now@bitwi.se>
+" Maintainer:		Doug Kearns <dougkearns@gmail.com>
-" Latest Revision:      2006-12-20
+" Previous Maintainer:	Nikolai Weibull <now@bitwi.se>
+" Last Change:		2022 April 25
 
 " Only load this indent file when no other was loaded.
 if exists("b:did_indent")
@@ -14,6 +15,8 @@ setlocal indentexpr=GetYaccIndent()
 setlocal indentkeys=!^F,o,O
 setlocal nosmartindent
 
+let b:undo_indent = "setl inde< indk< si<"
+
 " Only define the function once.
 if exists("*GetYaccIndent")
   finish

runtime/optwin.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " These commands create the option window.
 "
 " Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-" Last Change:	2021 Dec 21
+" Last Change:	2022 Apr 07
 
 " If there already is an option window, jump to that one.
 let buf = bufnr('option-window')
@@ -624,6 +624,8 @@ call <SID>BinOptionG("scf", &scf)
 if has("gui")
   call <SID>AddOption("mousehide", gettext("hide the mouse pointer while typing"))
   call <SID>BinOptionG("mh", &mh)
+  call <SID>AddOption("mousemoveevent", gettext("report mouse movement events"))
+  call <SID>BinOptionG("mousemev", &mousemev)
 endif
 call <SID>AddOption("mousemodel", gettext("\"extend\", \"popup\" or \"popup_setpos\"; what the right\nmouse button is used for"))
 call <SID>OptionG("mousem", &mousem)
@@ -927,6 +929,9 @@ if has("cindent")
   call <SID>AddOption("cinwords", gettext("list of words that cause more C-indent"))
   call append("$", "\t" .. s:local_to_buffer)
   call <SID>OptionL("cinw")
+  call <SID>AddOption("cinscopedecls", gettext("list of scope declaration names used by cino-g"))
+  call append("$", "\t" .. s:local_to_buffer)
+  call <SID>OptionL("cinsd")
   call <SID>AddOption("indentexpr", gettext("expression used to obtain the indent of a line"))
   call append("$", "\t" .. s:local_to_buffer)
   call <SID>OptionL("inde")

runtime/pack/dist/opt/termdebug/plugin/termdebug.vim

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 "
 " Author: Bram Moolenaar
 " Copyright: Vim license applies, see ":help license"
-" Last Change: 2022 Jan 17
+" Last Change: 2022 Apr 16
 "
 " WORK IN PROGRESS - The basics works stable, more to come
 " Note: In general you need at least GDB 7.12 because this provides the
@@ -445,7 +445,7 @@ endfunc
 func s:StartDebugCommon(dict)
   " Sign used to highlight the line where the program has stopped.
   " There can be only one.
-  sign define debugPC linehl=debugPC
+  call sign_define('debugPC', #{linehl: 'debugPC'})
 
   " Install debugger commands in the text window.
   call win_gotoid(s:sourcewin)
@@ -668,7 +668,9 @@ func s:EndDebugCommon()
       endif
     endif
   endfor
-  exe was_buf .. "buf"
+  if bufexists(was_buf)
+    exe was_buf .. "buf"
+  endif
 
   call s:DeleteCommands()
 
@@ -740,8 +742,8 @@ func s:HandleDisasmMsg(msg)
 
       let lnum = search('^' . s:asm_addr)
       if lnum != 0
-        exe 'sign unplace ' . s:asm_id
+	call sign_unplace('TermDebug', #{id: s:asm_id})
-        exe 'sign place ' . s:asm_id . ' line=' . lnum . ' name=debugPC'
+	call sign_place(s:asm_id, 'TermDebug', 'debugPC', '%', #{lnum: lnum})
       endif
 
       call win_gotoid(curwinid)
@@ -830,6 +832,7 @@ func s:InstallCommands()
   command Clear call s:ClearBreakpoint()
   command Step call s:SendResumingCommand('-exec-step')
   command Over call s:SendResumingCommand('-exec-next')
+  command -nargs=? Until call s:Until(<q-args>)
   command Finish call s:SendResumingCommand('-exec-finish')
   command -nargs=* Run call s:Run(<q-args>)
   command -nargs=* Arguments call s:SendResumingCommand('-exec-arguments ' . <q-args>)
@@ -866,7 +869,8 @@ func s:InstallCommands()
       an 1.200 PopUp.-SEP3-	<Nop>
       an 1.210 PopUp.Set\ breakpoint	:Break<CR>
       an 1.220 PopUp.Clear\ breakpoint	:Clear<CR>
-      an 1.230 PopUp.Evaluate		:Evaluate<CR>
+      an 1.230 PopUp.Run\ until		:Until<CR>
+      an 1.240 PopUp.Evaluate		:Evaluate<CR>
     endif
   endif
 
@@ -894,6 +898,7 @@ func s:DeleteCommands()
   delcommand Clear
   delcommand Step
   delcommand Over
+  delcommand Until
   delcommand Finish
   delcommand Run
   delcommand Arguments
@@ -937,26 +942,35 @@ func s:DeleteCommands()
       aunmenu PopUp.-SEP3-
       aunmenu PopUp.Set\ breakpoint
       aunmenu PopUp.Clear\ breakpoint
+      aunmenu PopUp.Run\ until
       aunmenu PopUp.Evaluate
     endif
   endif
 
-  exe 'sign unplace ' . s:pc_id
+  call sign_unplace('TermDebug')
-  for [id, entries] in items(s:breakpoints)
-    for subid in keys(entries)
-      exe 'sign unplace ' . s:Breakpoint2SignNumber(id, subid)
-    endfor
-  endfor
   unlet s:breakpoints
   unlet s:breakpoint_locations
 
-  sign undefine debugPC
+  call sign_undefine('debugPC')
-  for val in s:BreakpointSigns
+  call sign_undefine(s:BreakpointSigns->map("'debugBreakpoint' .. v:val"))
-    exe "sign undefine debugBreakpoint" . val
-  endfor
   let s:BreakpointSigns = []
 endfunc
 
+" :Until - Execute until past a specified position or current line
+func s:Until(at)
+  if s:stopped
+    " reset s:stopped here, it may take a bit of time before we get a response
+    let s:stopped = 0
+    call ch_log('assume that program is running after this command')
+    " Use the fname:lnum format
+    let at = empty(a:at) ?
+	  \ fnameescape(expand('%:p')) . ':' . line('.') : a:at
+    call s:SendCommand('-exec-until ' . at)
+  else
+    call ch_log('dropping command, program is running: exec-until')
+  endif
+endfunc
+
 " :Break - Set a breakpoint at the cursor position.
 func s:SetBreakpoint(at)
   " Setting a breakpoint may not work while the program is running.
@@ -990,7 +1004,8 @@ func s:ClearBreakpoint()
         " Assume this always works, the reply is simply "^done".
         call s:SendCommand('-break-delete ' . id)
         for subid in keys(s:breakpoints[id])
-          exe 'sign unplace ' . s:Breakpoint2SignNumber(id, subid)
+	  call sign_unplace('TermDebug',
+				  \ #{id: s:Breakpoint2SignNumber(id, subid)})
         endfor
         unlet s:breakpoints[id]
         unlet s:breakpoint_locations[bploc][idx]
@@ -1205,8 +1220,8 @@ func s:GotoAsmwinOrCreateIt()
         call s:SendCommand('disassemble $pc')
       endif
     else
-      exe 'sign unplace ' . s:asm_id
+      call sign_unplace('TermDebug', #{id: s:asm_id})
-      exe 'sign place ' . s:asm_id . ' line=' . lnum . ' name=debugPC'
+      call sign_place(s:asm_id, 'TermDebug', 'debugPC', '%', #{lnum: lnum})
     endif
   endif
 endfunc
@@ -1241,8 +1256,8 @@ func s:HandleCursor(msg)
         if lnum == 0
           call s:SendCommand('disassemble $pc')
         else
-          exe 'sign unplace ' . s:asm_id
+	  call sign_unplace('TermDebug', #{id: s:asm_id})
-          exe 'sign place ' . s:asm_id . ' line=' . lnum . ' name=debugPC'
+	  call sign_place(s:asm_id, 'TermDebug', 'debugPC', '%', #{lnum: lnum})
         endif
 
         call win_gotoid(curwinid)
@@ -1279,8 +1294,9 @@ echomsg 'different fname: "' .. expand('%:p') .. '" vs "' .. fnamemodify(fname,
       endif
       exe lnum
       normal! zv
-      exe 'sign unplace ' . s:pc_id
+      call sign_unplace('TermDebug', #{id: s:pc_id})
-      exe 'sign place ' . s:pc_id . ' line=' . lnum . ' name=debugPC priority=110 file=' . fname
+      call sign_place(s:pc_id, 'TermDebug', 'debugPC', fname,
+			      \ #{lnum: lnum, priority: 110})
       if !exists('b:save_signcolumn')
         let b:save_signcolumn = &signcolumn
         call add(s:signcolumn_buflist, bufnr())
@@ -1288,7 +1304,7 @@ echomsg 'different fname: "' .. expand('%:p') .. '" vs "' .. fnamemodify(fname,
       setlocal signcolumn=yes
     endif
   elseif !s:stopped || fname != ''
-    exe 'sign unplace ' . s:pc_id
+    call sign_unplace('TermDebug', #{id: s:pc_id})
   endif
 
   call win_gotoid(wid)
@@ -1305,7 +1321,9 @@ func s:CreateBreakpoint(id, subid, enabled)
     else
       let hiName = "debugBreakpoint"
     endif
-    exe "sign define debugBreakpoint" . nr . " text=" . substitute(nr, '\..*', '', '') . " texthl=" . hiName
+    call sign_define('debugBreakpoint' .. nr,
+			    \ #{text: substitute(nr, '\..*', '', ''),
+			    \ texthl: hiName})
   endif
 endfunc
 
@@ -1383,7 +1401,9 @@ endfunc
 
 func s:PlaceSign(id, subid, entry)
   let nr = printf('%d.%d', a:id, a:subid)
-  exe 'sign place ' . s:Breakpoint2SignNumber(a:id, a:subid) . ' line=' . a:entry['lnum'] . ' name=debugBreakpoint' . nr . ' priority=110 file=' . a:entry['fname']
+  call sign_place(s:Breakpoint2SignNumber(a:id, a:subid), 'TermDebug',
+			  \ 'debugBreakpoint' .. nr, a:entry['fname'],
+			  \ #{lnum: a:entry['lnum'], priority: 110})
   let a:entry['placed'] = 1
 endfunc
 
@@ -1397,7 +1417,8 @@ func s:HandleBreakpointDelete(msg)
   if has_key(s:breakpoints, id)
     for [subid, entry] in items(s:breakpoints[id])
       if has_key(entry, 'placed')
-        exe 'sign unplace ' . s:Breakpoint2SignNumber(id, subid)
+	call sign_unplace('TermDebug',
+				\ #{id: s:Breakpoint2SignNumber(id, subid)})
         unlet entry['placed']
       endif
     endfor

runtime/syntax/apache.vim

@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 " Maintainer: David Necas (Yeti) <yeti@physics.muni.cz>
 " License: This file can be redistribued and/or modified under the same terms
 "		as Vim itself.
-" Last Change: 2020 Oct 07
+" Last Change: 2022 Apr 25
 " Notes: Last synced with apache-2.2.3, version 1.x is no longer supported
 " TODO: see particular FIXME's scattered through the file
 "		make it really linewise?
@@ -46,6 +46,7 @@ syn keyword apacheMethodOption GET POST PUT DELETE CONNECT OPTIONS TRACE PATCH P
 syn keyword apacheMethodOption BASELINE-CONTROL CHECKIN CHECKOUT LABEL MERGE MKACTIVITY MKWORKSPACE REPORT UNCHECKOUT UPDATE VERSION-CONTROL contained
 syn case ignore
 syn match apacheSection "<\/\=\(Directory\|DirectoryMatch\|Files\|FilesMatch\|IfModule\|IfDefine\|Location\|LocationMatch\|VirtualHost\)[^>]*>" contains=apacheAnything
+syn match apacheSection "<\/\=\(RequireAll\|RequireAny\|RequireNone\)>" contains=apacheAnything
 syn match apacheLimitSection "<\/\=\(Limit\|LimitExcept\)[^>]*>" contains=apacheLimitSectionKeyword,apacheMethodOption,apacheError
 syn keyword apacheLimitSectionKeyword Limit LimitExcept contained
 syn match apacheAuthType "AuthType\s.*$" contains=apacheAuthTypeValue

runtime/syntax/c.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim syntax file
 " Language:	C
 " Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-" Last Change:	2022 Mar 17
+" Last Change:	2022 Apr 24
 
 " Quit when a (custom) syntax file was already loaded
 if exists("b:current_syntax")
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ endif
 let s:cpo_save = &cpo
 set cpo&vim
 
-let s:ft = matchstr(&ft, '^\([^.]\)\+')
+let s:ft = matchstr(&ft, '^\%([^.]\)\+')
 
 " check if this was included from cpp.vim
 let s:in_cpp_family = exists("b:filetype_in_cpp_family")
@@ -42,17 +42,17 @@ syn cluster	cCommentGroup	contains=cTodo,cBadContinuation
 
 " String and Character constants
 " Highlight special characters (those which have a backslash) differently
-syn match	cSpecial	display contained "\\\(x\x\+\|\o\{1,3}\|.\|$\)"
+syn match	cSpecial	display contained "\\\%(x\x\+\|\o\{1,3}\|.\|$\)"
 if !exists("c_no_utf")
-  syn match	cSpecial	display contained "\\\(u\x\{4}\|U\x\{8}\)"
+  syn match	cSpecial	display contained "\\\%(u\x\{4}\|U\x\{8}\)"
 endif
 
 if !exists("c_no_cformat")
   " Highlight % items in strings.
   if !exists("c_no_c99") " ISO C99
-    syn match	cFormat		display "%\(\d\+\$\)\=[-+' #0*]*\(\d*\|\*\|\*\d\+\$\)\(\.\(\d*\|\*\|\*\d\+\$\)\)\=\([hlLjzt]\|ll\|hh\)\=\([aAbdiuoxXDOUfFeEgGcCsSpn]\|\[\^\=.[^]]*\]\)" contained
+    syn match	cFormat		display "%\%(\d\+\$\)\=[-+' #0*]*\%(\d*\|\*\|\*\d\+\$\)\%(\.\%(\d*\|\*\|\*\d\+\$\)\)\=\%([hlLjzt]\|ll\|hh\)\=\%([aAbdiuoxXDOUfFeEgGcCsSpn]\|\[\^\=.[^]]*\]\)" contained
   else
-    syn match	cFormat		display "%\(\d\+\$\)\=[-+' #0*]*\(\d*\|\*\|\*\d\+\$\)\(\.\(\d*\|\*\|\*\d\+\$\)\)\=\([hlL]\|ll\)\=\([bdiuoxXDOUfeEgGcCsSpn]\|\[\^\=.[^]]*\]\)" contained
+    syn match	cFormat		display "%\%(\d\+\$\)\=[-+' #0*]*\%(\d*\|\*\|\*\d\+\$\)\%(\.\%(\d*\|\*\|\*\d\+\$\)\)\=\%([hlL]\|ll\)\=\%([bdiuoxXDOUfeEgGcCsSpn]\|\[\^\=.[^]]*\]\)" contained
   endif
   syn match	cFormat		display "%%" contained
 endif
@@ -60,8 +60,8 @@ endif
 " cCppString: same as cString, but ends at end of line
 if s:in_cpp_family && !exists("cpp_no_cpp11") && !exists("c_no_cformat")
   " ISO C++11
-  syn region	cString		start=+\(L\|u\|u8\|U\|R\|LR\|u8R\|uR\|UR\)\="+ skip=+\\\\\|\\"+ end=+"+ contains=cSpecial,cFormat,@Spell extend
+  syn region	cString		start=+\%(L\|u\|u8\|U\|R\|LR\|u8R\|uR\|UR\)\="+ skip=+\\\\\|\\"+ end=+"+ contains=cSpecial,cFormat,@Spell extend
-  syn region 	cCppString	start=+\(L\|u\|u8\|U\|R\|LR\|u8R\|uR\|UR\)\="+ skip=+\\\\\|\\"\|\\$+ excludenl end=+"+ end='$' contains=cSpecial,cFormat,@Spell
+  syn region 	cCppString	start=+\%(L\|u\|u8\|U\|R\|LR\|u8R\|uR\|UR\)\="+ skip=+\\\\\|\\"\|\\$+ excludenl end=+"+ end='$' contains=cSpecial,cFormat,@Spell
 elseif s:ft ==# "c" && !exists("c_no_c11") && !exists("c_no_cformat")
   " ISO C99
   syn region	cString		start=+\%(L\|U\|u8\)\="+ skip=+\\\\\|\\"+ end=+"+ contains=cSpecial,cFormat,@Spell extend
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ else
   syn region	cCppString	start=+L\="+ skip=+\\\\\|\\"\|\\$+ excludenl end=+"+ end='$' contains=cSpecial,cFormat,@Spell
 endif
 
-syn region	cCppSkip	contained start="^\s*\(%:\|#\)\s*\(if\>\|ifdef\>\|ifndef\>\)" skip="\\$" end="^\s*\(%:\|#\)\s*endif\>" contains=cSpaceError,cCppSkip
+syn region	cCppSkip	contained start="^\s*\%(%:\|#\)\s*\%(if\>\|ifdef\>\|ifndef\>\)" skip="\\$" end="^\s*\%(%:\|#\)\s*endif\>" contains=cSpaceError,cCppSkip
 
 syn cluster	cStringGroup	contains=cCppString,cCppSkip
 
@@ -190,16 +190,16 @@ syn case ignore
 syn match	cNumbers	display transparent "\<\d\|\.\d" contains=cNumber,cFloat,cOctalError,cOctal
 " Same, but without octal error (for comments)
 syn match	cNumbersCom	display contained transparent "\<\d\|\.\d" contains=cNumber,cFloat,cOctal
-syn match	cNumber		display contained "\d\+\(u\=l\{0,2}\|ll\=u\)\>"
+syn match	cNumber		display contained "\d\+\%(u\=l\{0,2}\|ll\=u\)\>"
 "hex number
-syn match	cNumber		display contained "0x\x\+\(u\=l\{0,2}\|ll\=u\)\>"
+syn match	cNumber		display contained "0x\x\+\%(u\=l\{0,2}\|ll\=u\)\>"
 " Flag the first zero of an octal number as something special
-syn match	cOctal		display contained "0\o\+\(u\=l\{0,2}\|ll\=u\)\>" contains=cOctalZero
+syn match	cOctal		display contained "0\o\+\%(u\=l\{0,2}\|ll\=u\)\>" contains=cOctalZero
 syn match	cOctalZero	display contained "\<0"
 "floating point number, with dot, optional exponent
-syn match	cFloat		display contained "\d\+\.\d*\(e[-+]\=\d\+\)\=[fl]\="
+syn match	cFloat		display contained "\d\+\.\d*\%(e[-+]\=\d\+\)\=[fl]\="
 "floating point number, starting with a dot, optional exponent
-syn match	cFloat		display contained "\.\d\+\(e[-+]\=\d\+\)\=[fl]\=\>"
+syn match	cFloat		display contained "\.\d\+\%(e[-+]\=\d\+\)\=[fl]\=\>"
 "floating point number, without dot, with exponent
 syn match	cFloat		display contained "\d\+e[-+]\=\d\+[fl]\=\>"
 if !exists("c_no_c99")
@@ -219,7 +219,7 @@ if exists("c_comment_strings")
   " need to use a special type of cString: cCommentString, which also ends on
   " "*/", and sees a "*" at the start of the line as comment again.
   " Unfortunately this doesn't very well work for // type of comments :-(
-  syn match	cCommentSkip	contained "^\s*\*\($\|\s\+\)"
+  syn match	cCommentSkip	contained "^\s*\*\%($\|\s\+\)"
   syn region cCommentString	contained start=+L\=\\\@<!"+ skip=+\\\\\|\\"+ end=+"+ end=+\*/+me=s-1 contains=cSpecial,cCommentSkip
   syn region cComment2String	contained start=+L\=\\\@<!"+ skip=+\\\\\|\\"+ end=+"+ end="$" contains=cSpecial
   syn region  cCommentL	start="//" skip="\\$" end="$" keepend contains=@cCommentGroup,cComment2String,cCharacter,cNumbersCom,cSpaceError,cWrongComTail,@Spell
@@ -376,36 +376,36 @@ if !exists("c_no_c99") " ISO C99
 endif
 
 " Accept %: for # (C99)
-syn region	cPreCondit	start="^\s*\zs\(%:\|#\)\s*\(if\|ifdef\|ifndef\|elif\)\>" skip="\\$" end="$" keepend contains=cComment,cCommentL,cCppString,cCharacter,cCppParen,cParenError,cNumbers,cCommentError,cSpaceError
+syn region	cPreCondit	start="^\s*\zs\%(%:\|#\)\s*\%(if\|ifdef\|ifndef\|elif\)\>" skip="\\$" end="$" keepend contains=cComment,cCommentL,cCppString,cCharacter,cCppParen,cParenError,cNumbers,cCommentError,cSpaceError
-syn match	cPreConditMatch	display "^\s*\zs\(%:\|#\)\s*\(else\|endif\)\>"
+syn match	cPreConditMatch	display "^\s*\zs\%(%:\|#\)\s*\%(else\|endif\)\>"
 if !exists("c_no_if0")
   syn cluster	cCppOutInGroup	contains=cCppInIf,cCppInElse,cCppInElse2,cCppOutIf,cCppOutIf2,cCppOutElse,cCppInSkip,cCppOutSkip
-  syn region	cCppOutWrapper	start="^\s*\zs\(%:\|#\)\s*if\s\+0\+\s*\($\|//\|/\*\|&\)" end=".\@=\|$" contains=cCppOutIf,cCppOutElse,@NoSpell fold
+  syn region	cCppOutWrapper	start="^\s*\zs\%(%:\|#\)\s*if\s\+0\+\s*\%($\|//\|/\*\|&\)" end=".\@=\|$" contains=cCppOutIf,cCppOutElse,@NoSpell fold
-  syn region	cCppOutIf	contained start="0\+" matchgroup=cCppOutWrapper end="^\s*\(%:\|#\)\s*endif\>" contains=cCppOutIf2,cCppOutElse
+  syn region	cCppOutIf	contained start="0\+" matchgroup=cCppOutWrapper end="^\s*\%(%:\|#\)\s*endif\>" contains=cCppOutIf2,cCppOutElse
   if !exists("c_no_if0_fold")
-    syn region	cCppOutIf2	contained matchgroup=cCppOutWrapper start="0\+" end="^\s*\(%:\|#\)\s*\(else\>\|elif\s\+\(0\+\s*\($\|//\|/\*\|&\)\)\@!\|endif\>\)"me=s-1 contains=cSpaceError,cCppOutSkip,@Spell fold
+    syn region	cCppOutIf2	contained matchgroup=cCppOutWrapper start="0\+" end="^\s*\%(%:\|#\)\s*\%(else\>\|elif\s\+\%(0\+\s*\%($\|//\|/\*\|&\)\)\@!\|endif\>\)"me=s-1 contains=cSpaceError,cCppOutSkip,@Spell fold
   else
-    syn region	cCppOutIf2	contained matchgroup=cCppOutWrapper start="0\+" end="^\s*\(%:\|#\)\s*\(else\>\|elif\s\+\(0\+\s*\($\|//\|/\*\|&\)\)\@!\|endif\>\)"me=s-1 contains=cSpaceError,cCppOutSkip,@Spell
+    syn region	cCppOutIf2	contained matchgroup=cCppOutWrapper start="0\+" end="^\s*\%(%:\|#\)\s*\%(else\>\|elif\s\+\%(0\+\s*\%($\|//\|/\*\|&\)\)\@!\|endif\>\)"me=s-1 contains=cSpaceError,cCppOutSkip,@Spell
   endif
-  syn region	cCppOutElse	contained matchgroup=cCppOutWrapper start="^\s*\(%:\|#\)\s*\(else\|elif\)" end="^\s*\(%:\|#\)\s*endif\>"me=s-1 contains=TOP,cPreCondit
+  syn region	cCppOutElse	contained matchgroup=cCppOutWrapper start="^\s*\%(%:\|#\)\s*\%(else\|elif\)" end="^\s*\%(%:\|#\)\s*endif\>"me=s-1 contains=TOP,cPreCondit
-  syn region	cCppInWrapper	start="^\s*\zs\(%:\|#\)\s*if\s\+0*[1-9]\d*\s*\($\|//\|/\*\||\)" end=".\@=\|$" contains=cCppInIf,cCppInElse fold
+  syn region	cCppInWrapper	start="^\s*\zs\%(%:\|#\)\s*if\s\+0*[1-9]\d*\s*\%($\|//\|/\*\||\)" end=".\@=\|$" contains=cCppInIf,cCppInElse fold
-  syn region	cCppInIf	contained matchgroup=cCppInWrapper start="\d\+" end="^\s*\(%:\|#\)\s*endif\>" contains=TOP,cPreCondit
+  syn region	cCppInIf	contained matchgroup=cCppInWrapper start="\d\+" end="^\s*\%(%:\|#\)\s*endif\>" contains=TOP,cPreCondit
   if !exists("c_no_if0_fold")
-    syn region	cCppInElse	contained start="^\s*\(%:\|#\)\s*\(else\>\|elif\s\+\(0*[1-9]\d*\s*\($\|//\|/\*\||\)\)\@!\)" end=".\@=\|$" containedin=cCppInIf contains=cCppInElse2 fold
+    syn region	cCppInElse	contained start="^\s*\%(%:\|#\)\s*\%(else\>\|elif\s\+\%(0*[1-9]\d*\s*\%($\|//\|/\*\||\)\)\@!\)" end=".\@=\|$" containedin=cCppInIf contains=cCppInElse2 fold
   else
-    syn region	cCppInElse	contained start="^\s*\(%:\|#\)\s*\(else\>\|elif\s\+\(0*[1-9]\d*\s*\($\|//\|/\*\||\)\)\@!\)" end=".\@=\|$" containedin=cCppInIf contains=cCppInElse2
+    syn region	cCppInElse	contained start="^\s*\%(%:\|#\)\s*\%(else\>\|elif\s\+\%(0*[1-9]\d*\s*\%($\|//\|/\*\||\)\)\@!\)" end=".\@=\|$" containedin=cCppInIf contains=cCppInElse2
   endif
-  syn region	cCppInElse2	contained matchgroup=cCppInWrapper start="^\s*\(%:\|#\)\s*\(else\|elif\)\([^/]\|/[^/*]\)*" end="^\s*\(%:\|#\)\s*endif\>"me=s-1 contains=cSpaceError,cCppOutSkip,@Spell
+  syn region	cCppInElse2	contained matchgroup=cCppInWrapper start="^\s*\%(%:\|#\)\s*\%(else\|elif\)\%([^/]\|/[^/*]\)*" end="^\s*\%(%:\|#\)\s*endif\>"me=s-1 contains=cSpaceError,cCppOutSkip,@Spell
-  syn region	cCppOutSkip	contained start="^\s*\(%:\|#\)\s*\(if\>\|ifdef\>\|ifndef\>\)" skip="\\$" end="^\s*\(%:\|#\)\s*endif\>" contains=cSpaceError,cCppOutSkip
+  syn region	cCppOutSkip	contained start="^\s*\%(%:\|#\)\s*\%(if\>\|ifdef\>\|ifndef\>\)" skip="\\$" end="^\s*\%(%:\|#\)\s*endif\>" contains=cSpaceError,cCppOutSkip
-  syn region	cCppInSkip	contained matchgroup=cCppInWrapper start="^\s*\(%:\|#\)\s*\(if\s\+\(\d\+\s*\($\|//\|/\*\||\|&\)\)\@!\|ifdef\>\|ifndef\>\)" skip="\\$" end="^\s*\(%:\|#\)\s*endif\>" containedin=cCppOutElse,cCppInIf,cCppInSkip contains=TOP,cPreProc
+  syn region	cCppInSkip	contained matchgroup=cCppInWrapper start="^\s*\%(%:\|#\)\s*\%(if\s\+\%(\d\+\s*\%($\|//\|/\*\||\|&\)\)\@!\|ifdef\>\|ifndef\>\)" skip="\\$" end="^\s*\%(%:\|#\)\s*endif\>" containedin=cCppOutElse,cCppInIf,cCppInSkip contains=TOP,cPreProc
 endif
 syn region	cIncluded	display contained start=+"+ skip=+\\\\\|\\"+ end=+"+
 syn match	cIncluded	display contained "<[^>]*>"
-syn match	cInclude	display "^\s*\zs\(%:\|#\)\s*include\>\s*["<]" contains=cIncluded
+syn match	cInclude	display "^\s*\zs\%(%:\|#\)\s*include\>\s*["<]" contains=cIncluded
 "syn match cLineSkip	"\\$"
 syn cluster	cPreProcGroup	contains=cPreCondit,cIncluded,cInclude,cDefine,cErrInParen,cErrInBracket,cUserLabel,cSpecial,cOctalZero,cCppOutWrapper,cCppInWrapper,@cCppOutInGroup,cFormat,cNumber,cFloat,cOctal,cOctalError,cNumbersCom,cString,cCommentSkip,cCommentString,cComment2String,@cCommentGroup,cCommentStartError,cParen,cBracket,cMulti,cBadBlock
-syn region	cDefine		start="^\s*\zs\(%:\|#\)\s*\(define\|undef\)\>" skip="\\$" end="$" keepend contains=ALLBUT,@cPreProcGroup,@Spell
+syn region	cDefine		start="^\s*\zs\%(%:\|#\)\s*\%(define\|undef\)\>" skip="\\$" end="$" keepend contains=ALLBUT,@cPreProcGroup,@Spell
-syn region	cPreProc	start="^\s*\zs\(%:\|#\)\s*\(pragma\>\|line\>\|warning\>\|warn\>\|error\>\)" skip="\\$" end="$" keepend contains=ALLBUT,@cPreProcGroup,@Spell
+syn region	cPreProc	start="^\s*\zs\%(%:\|#\)\s*\%(pragma\>\|line\>\|warning\>\|warn\>\|error\>\)" skip="\\$" end="$" keepend contains=ALLBUT,@cPreProcGroup,@Spell
 
 " Optional embedded Autodoc parsing
 if exists("c_autodoc")

runtime/syntax/chordpro.vim

@@ -1,8 +1,7 @@
 " Vim syntax file
-" Language:     ChordPro (v. 3.6.2)
+" Language:     ChordPro 6 (https://www.chordpro.org)
 " Maintainer:   Niels Bo Andersen <niels@niboan.dk>
-" Last Change:	2006 Apr 30
+" Last Change:  2022-04-15
-" Remark:       Requires VIM version 6.00 or greater
 
 " Quit when a syntax file was already loaded
 if exists("b:current_syntax")
@@ -12,54 +11,161 @@ endif
 let s:cpo_save = &cpo
 set cpo&vim
 
-setlocal iskeyword+=-
-
 syn case ignore
 
-syn keyword chordproDirective contained
+" Include embedded abc syntax
-  \ start_of_chorus soc end_of_chorus eoc new_song ns no_grid ng grid g
+syn include @Abc syntax/abc.vim
-  \ new_page np new_physical_page npp start_of_tab sot end_of_tab eot
-  \ column_break colb
 
-syn keyword chordproDirWithOpt contained
+" Lilypond and Pango syntaxes could be embedded as well, but they are not
-  \ comment c comment_italic ci comment_box cb title t subtitle st define
+" available in the distribution.
-  \ textfont textsize chordfont chordsize columns col
 
-syn keyword chordproDefineKeyword contained base-fret frets
+" Directives without arguments
+syn keyword chordproDirective contained nextgroup=chordproConditional
+  \ new_song ns
+  \ start_of_chorus soc
+  \ chorus
+  \ start_of_verse sov
+  \ start_of_bridge sob
+  \ start_of_tab sot
+  \ start_of_grid sog
+  \ start_of_abc
+  \ start_of_ly
+  \ end_of_chorus eoc
+  \ end_of_verse eov
+  \ end_of_bridge eob
+  \ end_of_tab eot
+  \ end_of_grid eog
+  \ end_of_abc
+  \ end_of_ly
+  \ new_page np
+  \ new_physical_page npp
+  \ column_break cb
+  \ grid g
+  \ no_grid ng
+  \ transpose
+  \ chordfont cf chordsize cs chordcolour
+  \ footerfont footersize footercolour
+  \ gridfont gridsize gridcolour
+  \ tabfont tabsize tabcolour
+  \ tocfont tocsize toccolour
+  \ textfont tf textsize ts textcolour
+  \ titlefont titlesize titlecolour
 
-syn match chordproDirMatch /{\w*}/ contains=chordproDirective contained transparent
+" Directives with arguments. Some directives are in both groups, as they can
-syn match chordproDirOptMatch /{\w*:/ contains=chordproDirWithOpt contained transparent
+" be used both with and without arguments
+syn keyword chordproDirWithArg contained nextgroup=chordproConditional
+  \ title t
+  \ subtitle st
+  \ sorttitle
+  \ artist
+  \ composer
+  \ lyricist
+  \ arranger
+  \ copyright
+  \ album
+  \ year
+  \ key
+  \ time
+  \ tempo
+  \ duration
+  \ capo
+  \ comment c
+  \ highlight
+  \ comment_italic ci
+  \ comment_box cb
+  \ image
+  \ start_of_chorus soc
+  \ chorus
+  \ start_of_verse sov
+  \ start_of_bridge sob
+  \ start_of_tab sot
+  \ start_of_grid sog
+  \ start_of_abc
+  \ start_of_ly
+  \ define
+  \ chord
+  \ transpose
+  \ chordfont cf chordsize cs chordcolour
+  \ footerfont footersize footercolour
+  \ gridfont gridsize gridcolour
+  \ tabfont tabsize tabcolour
+  \ tocfont tocsize toccolour
+  \ textfont tf textsize ts textcolour
+  \ titlefont titlesize titlecolour
+  \ pagetype
+  \ titles
+  \ columns col
 
-" Workaround for a bug in VIM 6, which causes incorrect coloring of the first {
+syn keyword chordproMetaKeyword contained meta
-if version < 700
+syn keyword chordproMetadata contained title sorttitle subtitle artist composer lyricist arranger copyright album year key time tempo duration capo
-  syn region chordproOptions start=/{\w*:/ end=/}/ contains=chordproDirOptMatch contained transparent
+syn keyword chordproStandardMetadata contained songindex page pages pagerange today tuning instrument user
-  syn region chordproOptions start=/{define:/ end=/}/ contains=chordproDirOptMatch, chordproDefineKeyword contained transparent
+syn match chordproStandardMetadata /instrument\.type/ contained
-else
+syn match chordproStandardMetadata /instrument\.description/ contained
-  syn region chordproOptions start=/{\w*:/hs=e+1 end=/}/he=s-1 contains=chordproDirOptMatch contained
+syn match chordproStandardMetadata /user\.name/ contained
-  syn region chordproOptions start=/{define:/hs=e+1 end=/}/he=s-1 contains=chordproDirOptMatch, chordproDefineKeyword contained
+syn match chordproStandardMetadata /user\.fullname/ contained
-endif
 
-syn region chordproTag start=/{/ end=/}/ contains=chordproDirMatch,chordproOptions oneline
+syn keyword chordproDefineKeyword contained frets fingers
+syn match chordproDefineKeyword /base-fret/ contained
+
+syn match chordproArgumentsNumber /\d\+/ contained
+
+syn match chordproCustom /x_\w\+/ contained
+
+syn match chordproDirMatch /{\w\+\(-\w\+\)\?}/ contains=chordproDirective contained transparent
+syn match chordproDirArgMatch /{\w\+\(-\w\+\)\?[: ]/ contains=chordproDirWithArg contained transparent
+syn match chordproMetaMatch /{meta\(-\w\+\)\?[: ]\+\w\+/ contains=chordproMetaKeyword,chordproMetadata contained transparent
+syn match chordproCustomMatch /{x_\w\+\(-\w\+\)\?[: ]/ contains=chordproCustom contained transparent
+
+syn match chordproConditional /-\w\+/ contained
+
+syn match chordproMetaDataOperator /[=|]/ contained
+syn match chordproMetaDataValue /%{\w*/ contains=chordproMetaData,chordproStandardMetadata contained transparent
+" Handles nested metadata tags, but the end of the containing chordproTag is
+" not highlighted correctly, if there are more than two levels of nesting
+syn region chordproMetaDataTag start=/%{\w*/ skip=/%{[^}]*}/ end=/}/ contains=chordproMetaDataValue,chordproMetaDataOperator,chordproMetadataTag contained
+
+syn region chordproArguments start=/{\w\+\(-\w\+\)\?[: ]/hs=e+1 skip=/%{[^}]*}/ end=/}/he=s-1 contains=chordproDirArgMatch,chordproArgumentsNumber,chordproMetaDataTag contained
+syn region chordproArguments start=/{\(define\|chord\)\(-\w\+\)\?[: ]/hs=e+1 end=/}/he=s-1 contains=chordproDirArgMatch,chordproDefineKeyword,chordproArgumentsNumber contained
+syn region chordproArguments start=/{meta\(-\w\+\)\?[: ]/hs=e+1 skip=/%{[^}]*}/ end=/}/he=s-1 contains=chordproMetaMatch,chordproMetaDataTag contained
+syn region chordproArguments start=/{x_\w\+\(-\w\+\)\?[: ]/hs=e+1 end=/}/he=s-1 contains=chordproCustomMatch contained
+
+syn region chordproTag start=/{/ skip=/%{[^}]*}/ end=/}/ contains=chordproDirMatch,chordproArguments oneline
 
 syn region chordproChord matchgroup=chordproBracket start=/\[/ end=/]/ oneline
 
-syn region chordproTab start=/{start_of_tab}\|{sot}/hs=e+1 end=/{end_of_tab}\|{eot}/he=s-1 contains=chordproTag,chordproComment keepend
+syn region chordproAnnotation matchgroup=chordproBracket start=/\[\*/ end=/]/ oneline
 
-syn region chordproChorus start=/{start_of_chorus}\|{soc}/hs=e+1 end=/{end_of_chorus}\|{eoc}/he=s-1 contains=chordproTag,chordproChord,chordproComment keepend
+syn region chordproTab start=/{start_of_tab\(-\w\+\)\?\([: ].\+\)\?}\|{sot\(-\w\+\)\?\([: ].\+\)\?}/hs=e+1 end=/{end_of_tab}\|{eot}/me=s-1 contains=chordproTag,chordproComment keepend
+
+syn region chordproChorus start=/{start_of_chorus\(-\w\+\)\?\([: ].\+\)\?}\|{soc\(-\w\+\)\?\([: ].\+\)\?}/hs=e+1 end=/{end_of_chorus}\|{eoc}/me=s-1 contains=chordproTag,chordproChord,chordproAnnotation,chordproComment keepend
+
+syn region chordproBridge start=/{start_of_bridge\(-\w\+\)\?\([: ].\+\)\?}\|{sob\(-\w\+\)\?\([: ].\+\)\?}/hs=e+1 end=/{end_of_bridge}\|{eob}/me=s-1 contains=chordproTag,chordproChord,chordproAnnotation,chordproComment keepend
+
+syn region chordproAbc start=/{start_of_abc\(-\w\+\)\?\([: ].\+\)\?}/hs=e+1 end=/{end_of_abc}/me=s-1 contains=chordproTag,@Abc keepend
 
 syn match chordproComment /^#.*/
 
 " Define the default highlighting.
 hi def link chordproDirective Statement
-hi def link chordproDirWithOpt Statement
+hi def link chordproDirWithArg Statement
-hi def link chordproOptions Special
+hi def link chordproConditional Statement
+hi def link chordproCustom Statement
+hi def link chordproMetaKeyword Statement
+hi def link chordproMetaDataOperator Operator
+hi def link chordproMetaDataTag Function
+hi def link chordproArguments Special
+hi def link chordproArgumentsNumber Number
 hi def link chordproChord Type
+hi def link chordproAnnotation Identifier
 hi def link chordproTag Constant
 hi def link chordproTab PreProc
 hi def link chordproComment Comment
 hi def link chordproBracket Constant
-hi def link chordproDefineKeyword Type
+hi def link chordproDefineKeyword Identifier
+hi def link chordproMetadata Identifier
+hi def link chordproStandardMetadata Identifier
 hi def chordproChorus term=bold cterm=bold gui=bold
+hi def chordproBridge term=italic cterm=italic gui=italic
 
 let b:current_syntax = "chordpro"
 

runtime/syntax/dep3patch.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim syntax file
 " Language:    Debian DEP3 Patch headers
 " Maintainer:  Gabriel Filion <gabster@lelutin.ca>
-" Last Change: 2021-01-09
+" Last Change: 2022 Apr 06
 " URL: https://salsa.debian.org/vim-team/vim-debian/blob/master/syntax/dep3patch.vim
 "
 " Specification of the DEP3 patch header format is available at:
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ syn region dep3patchMultiField matchgroup=dep3patchKey start="^Bug\%(-[[:graph:]
 syn region dep3patchMultiField matchgroup=dep3patchKey start="^Forwarded\ze: *" end="$" contained contains=dep3patchHTTPUrl,dep3patchForwardedShort oneline keepend
 syn region dep3patchMultiField matchgroup=dep3patchKey start="^\%(Author\|From\)\ze: *" end="$" contained contains=dep3patchEmail oneline keepend
 syn region dep3patchMultiField matchgroup=dep3patchKey start="^\%(Reviewed-by\|Acked-by\)\ze: *" end="$" contained contains=dep3patchEmail oneline keepend
-syn region dep3patchMultiField matchgroup=dep3patchKey start="^Last-Updated\ze: *" end="$" contained contains=dep3patchISODate oneline keepend
+syn region dep3patchMultiField matchgroup=dep3patchKey start="^Last-Update\ze: *" end="$" contained contains=dep3patchISODate oneline keepend
 syn region dep3patchMultiField matchgroup=dep3patchKey start="^Applied-Upstream\ze: *" end="$" contained contains=dep3patchHTTPUrl,dep3patchCommitID oneline keepend
 
 syn match dep3patchHTTPUrl contained "\vhttps?://[[:alnum:]][-[:alnum:]]*[[:alnum:]]?(\.[[:alnum:]][-[:alnum:]]*[[:alnum:]]?)*\.[[:alpha:]][-[:alnum:]]*[[:alpha:]]?(:\d+)?(/[^[:space:]]*)?$"

runtime/syntax/krl.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,458 @@
+" Vim syntax file
+" Language: Kuka Robot Language
+" Maintainer: Patrick Meiser-Knosowski <knosowski@graeffrobotics.de>
+" Version: 3.0.0
+" Last Change: 18. Apr 2022
+" Credits: Thanks for contributions to this to Michael Jagusch
+"          Thanks for beta testing to Thomas Baginski
+"
+" Note to self:
+" for testing perfomance
+"     open a 1000 lines file.
+"     :syntime on
+"     G
+"     hold down CTRL-U until reaching top
+"     :syntime report
+
+" Init {{{
+if exists("b:current_syntax")
+  finish
+endif
+
+let s:keepcpo = &cpo
+set cpo&vim
+
+" if colorscheme is tortus(less)? krlGroupName defaults to 1
+if get(g:, 'colors_name', " ") =~ '\<tortus'
+      \&& !exists("g:krlGroupName")
+  let g:krlGroupName=1 
+endif
+" krlGroupName defaults to 0 if it's not initialized yet or 0
+if !get(g:, "krlGroupName", 0)
+  let g:krlGroupName = 0 
+endif
+
+" krl does ignore case
+syn case ignore
+" take #, $ and & into keyword (syntax only)
+syn iskeyword @,48-57,_,192-255,#,$,&
+" spell checking
+syn spell notoplevel
+" }}} init
+
+" Comment and Folding {{{ 
+
+" Special Comment
+
+" TODO Comment
+syn keyword krlTodo contained TODO FIXME XXX
+highlight default link krlTodo Todo
+
+" Debug Comment
+syn keyword krlDebug contained DEBUG
+highlight default link krlDebug Debug
+
+" Comment
+" none move fold comment until second ;
+syn match krlFoldComment /\c\v^\s*;\s*%(end)?fold>[^;]*/ containedin=krlFold contains=krlSingleQuoteString,krlInteger,krlFloat,krlMovement,krlDelimiter,krlBoolean
+highlight default link krlFoldComment Comment
+
+" move fold comment until second ;
+syn match krlMoveFoldComment /\c\v^\s*;\s*fold>[^;]*<s?%(ptp|lin|circ|spl)(_rel)?>[^;]*/ containedin=krlFold contains=krlInteger,krlFloat,krlMovement,krlDelimiter
+highlight default link krlMoveFoldComment Comment
+
+" things to highlight in a fold line
+syn keyword krlFoldHighlights CONT IN SYN OUT containedin=krlFoldComment
+syn match krlFoldHighlights /\c\v<(M|F|E|A|t|i|bin|binin|UP|SPSMAKRO)\d+>/ containedin=krlFoldComment
+if g:krlGroupName
+  highlight default link krlFoldHighlights Sysvars
+else
+  " default color for Fold Highlights
+endif
+syn keyword krlVkrcFoldConstants EIN AUS containedin=krlFoldComment
+highlight default link krlVkrcFoldConstants Boolean
+
+" Comment without Fold, also includes endfold lines and fold line part after second ;
+syn match krlComment /\c\v;\s*%(<%(end)?fold>)@!.*$/ containedin=krlFold contains=krlTodo,krlDebug,@Spell
+" Commented out Fold line: "; ;FOLD PTP..."
+syn match krlComment /\c\v^\s*;\s*;.*$/ contains=krlTodo,krlDebug
+highlight default link krlComment Comment
+
+if has("conceal") && get(g:, 'krlConcealFoldTail', 1)
+  syn match krlConcealFoldTail /\c\v(^\s*;\s*fold[^;]*)@250<=;%(--|\s*<fold>|\s*<endfold>)@!.*$/ transparent containedin=krlComment conceal cchar=*
+endif
+" }}} Comment and Folding 
+
+" Header {{{
+syn match krlHeader /&\a\w*/
+highlight default link krlHeader PreProc
+" }}} Header
+
+" Operator {{{
+" Boolean operator
+syn keyword krlBoolOperator and or exor not b_and b_or b_exor b_not
+highlight default link krlBoolOperator Operator
+" Arithmetic operator
+syn match krlArithOperator /[+-]/ containedin=krlFloat
+syn match krlArithOperator /[*/]/
+highlight default link krlArithOperator Operator
+" Compare operator
+syn match krlCompOperator /[<>=]/
+highlight default link krlCompOperator Operator
+" Geometric operator
+" Do not move the : operator
+" Must be present befor krlParamdef
+syn match krlGeomOperator /[:]/ 
+" syn match krlGeomOperator /[:]/ containedin=krlLabel,krlParamdef
+highlight default link krlGeomOperator Operator
+" }}} Operator
+
+" Type, StorageClass and Typedef {{{
+" Simple data types
+syn keyword krlType bool char real int containedin=krlAnyType
+" External program and function
+syn keyword krlType ext extfct extfctp extp containedin=krlAnyType
+" Communication
+syn keyword krlType signal channel containedin=krlAnyType
+highlight default link krlType Type
+" StorageClass
+syn keyword krlStorageClass decl global const struc enum
+highlight default link krlStorageClass StorageClass
+" .dat file public
+syn keyword krlDatStorageClass public
+highlight default link krlDatStorageClass StorageClass
+" Parameter StorageClass
+" Do not move the :in/:out
+" Must be present after krlGeomOperator
+syn match krlParamdef /[:]\s*in\>/
+syn match krlParamdef /[:]\s*out\>/
+highlight default link krlParamdef StorageClass
+" Not a typedef but I like to have those highlighted
+" different then types, structures or strorage classes
+syn keyword krlTypedef DEF DEFFCT ENDFCT DEFDAT ENDDAT
+syn match krlTypedef /^\s*END\>/
+highlight default link krlTypedef Typedef
+" }}} Type, StorageClass and Typedef
+
+" Delimiter {{{
+syn match krlDelimiter /[\[\](),\\]/
+highlight default link krlDelimiter Delimiter
+" }}} Delimiter
+
+" Constant values {{{
+" Boolean
+syn keyword krlBoolean true false containedin=krlStructVal
+highlight default link krlBoolean Boolean
+" Binary integer
+syn match krlBinaryInt /'b[01]\+'/ containedin=krlStructVal
+highlight default link krlBinaryInt Number
+" Hexadecimal integer
+syn match krlHexInt /'h[0-9a-fA-F]\+'/ containedin=krlStructVal
+highlight default link krlHexInt Number
+" Integer
+syn match krlInteger /\W\@1<=[+-]\?\d\+/ containedin=krlStructVal,krlFloat contains=krlArithOperator
+highlight default link krlInteger Number
+" Float
+syn match krlFloat /\v\W@1<=[+-]?\d+\.?\d*%(\s*[eE][+-]?\d+)?/ containedin=krlStructVal
+highlight default link krlFloat Float
+" String
+syn region krlString start=/"/ end=/"/ oneline containedin=krlStructVal contains=@Spell
+highlight default link krlString String
+syn match krlSpecialChar /[|]/ containedin=krlString
+highlight default link krlSpecialChar SpecialChar
+" String within a fold line
+syn region krlSingleQuoteString start=/'/ end=/'/ oneline contained contains=@Spell
+highlight default link krlSingleQuoteString String
+" Enum
+syn match krlEnumVal /#\s*\a\w*/ containedin=krlStructVal
+highlight default link krlEnumVal Constant
+" }}} Constant values
+
+" Predefined Structure and Enum {{{
+" Predefined structures and enums found in
+" /r1/mada/$*.dat, /r1/steu/$*.dat and
+" /r1/system/$config.dat as well as
+" basisTech, gripperTech and spotTech
+"
+" Predefined data types found in krc1
+syn keyword krlStructure servopara keymove powermodul trace techangle tech techfct techcps techfctctrl axis_inc axis_cal date display_var pro_ip con bus 
+syn keyword krlEnum ident_state sig_state move_state async_state emt_mode boxmode msg_prm_typ msg_typ cmd_stat asys trace_state trace_mode direction techsys techgeoref techclass techmode hpu_key_val pro_state eax transsys mode_move cosys device rotsys emstop cause_t 
+"
+" Predefined data types found in kss functions
+syn keyword krlEnum ediagstate rdc_fs_state ret_c_psync_e var_type cancel_psync_e sys_vars 
+syn keyword krlStructure siginf rw_rdc_file rw_mam_file diagpar_t error_t stopmess case_sense_t msgbuf_t e3pos e3axis diagopt_t 
+"
+" Predefined structures for movement
+syn keyword krlStructure frame e6pos pos e6axis axis
+syn keyword krlStructure fdat ldat pdat
+syn keyword krlStructure load inertia
+"
+" Predefined structures for shapes
+syn keyword krlStructure axbox cylinder box
+"
+" Predefined structures and enums found in /r1/mada/$machine.dat
+syn keyword krlStructure cp fra acc_car jerk_struc dhart spin trpspin ex_kin et_ax maxtool
+syn keyword krlEnum individual_mames supply_voltage kinclass main_axis wrist_axis sw_onoff
+"
+" Predefined structures and enums found in /r1/mada/$robcor.dat
+" syn keyword krlStructure
+syn keyword krlEnum adap_acc model_type control_parameter eko_mode
+"
+" Predefined structures and enums found in /steu/mada/$custom.dat
+syn keyword krlStructure pro_io_t ser ext_mod_t coop_krc ws_config bin_type coop_update_t ldc_reaction
+syn keyword krlEnum axis_of_coordinates spline_para_variant target_status cp_vel_type cp_statmon
+"
+" Predefined structures and enums found in /steu/mada/$machine.dat
+syn keyword krlStructure emstop_path boxstatesafein boxstatesafeout
+syn keyword krlEnum digincode
+"
+" Predefined structures and enums found in /steu/mada/$option.dat
+syn keyword krlStructure msg_t
+" syn keyword krlEnum
+"
+" Predefined structures and enums found in /r1/system/$config.dat
+" BasisTech
+syn keyword krlStructure dig_out_type ctrl_in_t ctrl_out_t fct_out_t fct_in_t odat basis_sugg_t out_sugg_t md_state machine_def_t machine_tool_t machine_frame_t trigger_para constvel_para condstop_para adat tm_sugg_t tqm_tqdat_t sps_prog_type
+syn keyword krlEnum bas_command out_modetype ipo_m_t apo_mode_t funct_type p00_command timer_actiontype
+"
+" GripperTech
+syn keyword krlStructure grp_typ grp_types grp_sugg_t
+syn keyword krlEnum on_off_typ apo_typ
+"
+" SpotTech
+syn keyword krlStructure spot_type spot_sugg_t
+syn keyword krlEnum s_command s_pair_slct command_retr
+"
+" VW
+syn keyword krlStructure vw_mpara_typ zangentyp zangenbedingung ibszangentyp last_ibs_typ verr_typ verrcheck_t t_fb_state kollisionsdaten state_t modus_t
+syn keyword krlEnum synctype dir_typ subtype ari_typ bool_typ vw_command ibgn_command vw_user_cmd move_types adv_t_type bas_type ibs_mode_typ vw_user_cmd pro_mode mode_op
+"
+" ProgCoop
+syn keyword krlStructure ydat
+" syn keyword krlEnum
+"
+" bas.src
+syn keyword krlStructure cont
+syn keyword krlEnum esys ipo_mode circ_mode circ_type ori_type var_state
+"
+" MsgLib.src
+syn keyword krlStructure KrlMsg_T KrlMsgParType_T KrlMsgPar_T KrlMsgOpt_T KrlMsgDlgSK_T
+syn keyword krlEnum EKrlMsgType
+"
+highlight default link krlStructure Structure
+highlight default link krlEnum Structure
+" }}} Predefined Structure and Enum
+
+" System variable {{{
+syn match krlSysvars /\<\$\a[a-zA-Z0-9_.]*/
+if g:krlGroupName
+  highlight default link krlSysvars Sysvars
+else
+  " default color for Sysvars
+endif
+" }}} System variable
+
+" Statements, keywords et al {{{
+" continue
+syn keyword krlContinue continue
+if g:krlGroupName
+  highlight default link krlContinue Continue
+else
+  highlight default link krlContinue Statement
+endif
+" interrupt 
+syn match krlStatement /\v\c%(<global>\s+)?<INTERRUPT>%(\s+<decl>)?/ contains=krlStorageClass
+" keywords
+syn keyword krlStatement wait on off enable disable stop trigger with when distance onstart delay do prio import is minimum maximum confirm on_error_proceed
+syn match krlStatement /\v\c%(<wait\s+)@7<=<sec>/
+syn match krlStatement /\v\c%(<when\s+)@7<=<path>/
+highlight default link krlStatement Statement
+" Conditional
+syn keyword krlConditional if then else endif switch case default endswitch skip endskip
+highlight default link krlConditional Conditional
+" Repeat
+syn keyword krlRepeat for to step endfor while endwhile repeat until loop endloop exit
+highlight default link krlRepeat Repeat
+" Label
+syn keyword krlLabel goto
+syn match krlLabel /^\s*\w\+:\ze\s*\%(;.*\)\?$/
+highlight default link krlLabel Label
+" Keyword
+syn keyword krlKeyword anin anout digin
+highlight default link krlKeyword Keyword
+" Exception
+syn keyword krlException return resume halt
+highlight default link krlException Exception
+" }}} Statements, keywords et al
+
+" special keywords for movement commands {{{
+syn keyword krlMovement PTP PTP_REL LIN LIN_REL CIRC CIRC_REL SPL SPL_REL SPTP SPTP_REL SLIN SLIN_REL SCIRC SCIRC_REL
+syn keyword krlMovement ASYPTP ASYCONT ASYSTOP ASYCANCEL MOVE_EMI
+syn match krlMovement /\v\c^\s*<BRAKE(\s+F)?>/
+if g:krlGroupName
+  highlight default link krlMovement Movement
+else
+  highlight default link krlMovement Special
+endif
+" movement modifiers
+syn match krlMoveBlockInst /\c\v^\s*TIME_BLOCK\s+(START|PART|END)/
+syn match krlMoveBlockInst /\c\v^\s*CONST_VEL\s+(START|END)/
+syn keyword krlMoveBlockInst ptp_spline spline endspline
+highlight default link krlMoveBlockInst Statement
+syn keyword krlMoveMod ca c_ptp c_dis c_vel c_ori c_spl
+if g:krlGroupName
+  highlight default link krlMoveMod Movement
+else
+  highlight default link krlMoveMod Special
+endif
+" }}} special keywords for movement commands
+
+" Structure value {{{
+" avoid coloring structure component names
+syn match krlNames /\.[a-zA-Z_][.a-zA-Z0-9_$]*/
+syn match krlNames contained /[a-zA-Z_][.a-zA-Z0-9_$]*/
+" highlight default link krlNames None
+" Structure value
+syn region krlStructVal start=/{/ end=/}/ oneline containedin=krlStructVal contains=krlNames
+highlight default link krlStructVal Delimiter
+" }}} Structure value
+
+" BuildInFunction {{{
+syn keyword krlBuildInFunction contained Pulse
+syn keyword krlBuildInFunction contained m_comment
+syn keyword krlBuildInFunction contained is_key_pressed 
+syn keyword krlBuildInFunction contained set_opt_filter 
+syn keyword krlBuildInFunction contained timer_limit 
+syn keyword krlBuildInFunction contained tool_adj 
+syn keyword krlBuildInFunction contained FRand 
+syn keyword krlBuildInFunction contained ExecFunc eb_test EB EK EO LK mbx_rec 
+" safe robot
+syn keyword krlbuildinfunction contained get_AxesMask get_BrakeTest_Time
+" math
+syn keyword krlBuildInFunction contained Abs Sin Cos Acos Tan Atan Atan2 Sqrt
+syn keyword krlBuildInFunction contained Forward Inverse inv_pos
+" cFoo sFoo
+syn keyword krlBuildInFunction contained cClose cOpen cRead cWrite sRead sWrite 
+" string
+syn keyword krlBuildInFunction contained StrToBool StrToInt StrToReal StrToString StrToFrame StrToPos StrToE3Pos StrToE6Pos StrToAxis StrToE3Axis StrToE6Axis 
+syn keyword krlBuildInFunction contained StrAdd StrClear StrCopy StrComp StrFind StrLen StrDeclLen StrToBool StrToInt StrToReal StrToString
+" diag
+syn keyword krlBuildInFunction contained diag_start diag_stop get_DiagState 
+" rdc mam pid
+syn keyword krlBuildInFunction contained CheckPidOnRdc check_mam_on_rdc get_rdc_fs_state 
+syn keyword krlBuildInFunction contained set_mam_on_hd copy_mam_hd_to_rdc copy_mam_rdc_to_hd 
+syn keyword krlBuildInFunction contained PidToHd PidToRdc 
+syn keyword krlBuildInFunction contained cal_to_rdc rdc_file_to_hd 
+syn keyword krlBuildInFunction contained delete_pid_on_rdc delete_rdc_content 
+syn keyword krlBuildInFunction contained create_rdc_archive restore_rdc_archive 
+" ioctl
+syn keyword krlBuildInFunction contained IOCtl cIOCtl 
+syn keyword krlBuildInFunction contained WSpaceGive WSpaceTake 
+" sync
+syn keyword krlBuildInFunction contained Sync SyncCmd CancelProgSync 
+" remote
+syn keyword krlBuildInFunction contained RemoteCmd RemoteRead 
+" msg/dlg
+syn keyword krlBuildInFunction contained IsMessageSet clear_KrlMsg get_MsgBuffer exists_KrlDlg exists_KrlMsg set_KrlDlg set_KrlDlgAnswer set_KrlMsg 
+" robvers
+syn keyword krlBuildInFunction contained maximize_UsedxRobvers set_UsedxRobvers 
+" md_foo
+syn keyword krlBuildInFunction contained md_Cmd md_GetState md_SetState md_Asgn 
+" emi
+syn keyword krlBuildInFunction contained emi_ActPos emi_EndPos emi_StartPos emi_RecState emi_RecName 
+" var
+syn keyword krlBuildInFunction contained cast_from cast_to
+syn keyword krlBuildInFunction contained GetVarsize GetCycDef get_sig_inf get_decl_place VarType VarState 
+" sys
+syn keyword krlBuildInFunction contained GetSysState get_system_data set_system_data set_system_data_delayed 
+" err
+syn keyword krlBuildInFunction contained err_clear err_raise
+" motion
+syn keyword krlBuildInFunction contained delete_backward_buffer rob_stop rob_stop_release set_brake_delay suppress_repositioning VectorMoveOn VectorMoveOff
+" torque
+syn keyword krlBuildInFunction contained set_torque_limits reset_torque_limits
+" krc1
+syn keyword krlBuildInFunction contained cLcopy cCurpos cNew cClear cRelease cKey
+if g:krlGroupName
+  highlight default link krlBuildInFunction BuildInFunction
+else
+  highlight default link krlBuildInFunction Function
+endif
+" }}} BuildInFunction
+
+" Function {{{
+syn match krlFunction /[a-zA-Z_]\w* *(/me=e-1 contains=krlBuildInFunction
+highlight default link krlFunction Function
+" }}} Function
+
+" Error {{{
+if get(g:, 'krlShowError', 1)
+  " some more or less common typos
+  "
+  " vars or funcs >24 chars are not possible in krl. a234567890123456789012345
+  syn match krlError0 /\w\{25,}/ containedin=krlFunction,krlNames,krlLabel,krlAnyType,krlEnumVal,krlSysvars
+  "
+  " should be interrupt (on|off) \w+
+  syn match krlError1 /\vinterrupt[ \t(]+[_$a-zA-Z0-9]+[_$a-zA-Z0-9.\[\]()+\-*/]*[ \t)]+o%(n|ff)>/
+  "
+  " for bla==5 to 7...
+  "        ||
+  syn match krlError3 /\v%(^\s*for%(\(|\s)+[_$a-zA-Z]+[_$a-zA-Z0-9.\[\]()+\-*/ ]*\s*)@<=[:=]\=/
+  "
+  " TODO optimize performance
+  " wait for a=b
+  "           |
+  syn match krlError4 /\v%(^\s*%(return|wait\s+for|if|while|until|%(global\s+)?interrupt\s+decl)>[^;]+[^;<>=])@<=\=[^=]/
+  "
+  " wait for a><b
+  "           ||
+  syn match krlError5 /\v%(^\s*%(return|wait\s+for|if|while|until|%(global\s+)?interrupt\s+decl)>[^;]+)@<=\>\s*\</
+  "
+  " if (a==5) (b==6) ...
+  "         |||
+  syn match krlError6 /\v%(^\s*%(return|wait\s+for|if|while|until|%(global\s+)?interrupt\s+decl)>[^;]+[^;])@<=\)\s*\(/
+  "
+  " TODO optimize performance
+  " a == b + 1
+  " a := b + 1
+  "   ||
+  syn match krlError7 /\v%(^\s*%(return|wait\s+for|if|while|until|%(global\s+)?interrupt\s+decl)>[^;]+[^;])@1<!%(^\s*[_$a-zA-Z]+[_$a-zA-Z0-9.\[\],+\-*/]*\s*)@<=[:=]\=/
+  syn match krlError7 /\v\c%(^\s*%(decl\s+)%(global\s+)?%(const\s+)?\w+\s+\w+\s*)@<=[:=]\=/
+  syn match krlError7 /\v\c%(^\s*%(decl\s+)?%(global\s+)?%(const\s+)?%(bool\s+|int\s+|real\s+|char\s+)\w+\s*)@<=[:=]\=/
+  "
+  " this one is tricky. Make sure this does not match trigger instructions; OK, next try, now search for false positives
+  " TODO optimize performance
+  " a = b and c or (int1=int2)
+  "                     |
+  syn match krlError8 /\v(^\s*[_$a-zA-Z]+[_$a-zA-Z0-9.\[\]()+\-*/]*\s*\=[^;]*[^;<>=])@<=\=\ze[^=]/
+  "
+  " <(distance|delay|prio)> :=
+  " <(distance|delay|prio)> ==
+  "                         ||
+  syn match krlError9 /\v(^[^;]*<(distance|delay|prio|minimum|maximum)\s*)@<=[:=]\=/
+  "
+  " 'for', 'while' or 'repeat' followed by 'do'
+  syn match krlError10 /\c\v^\s*(until|while|for)>[^;]*<do>/
+  "
+  highlight default link krlError0 Error
+  highlight default link krlError1 Error
+  highlight default link krlError2 Error
+  highlight default link krlError3 Error
+  highlight default link krlError4 Error
+  highlight default link krlError5 Error
+  highlight default link krlError6 Error
+  highlight default link krlError7 Error
+  highlight default link krlError8 Error
+  highlight default link krlError9 Error
+  highlight default link krlError10 Error
+endif
+" }}} Error
+
+" Finish {{{
+let &cpo = s:keepcpo
+unlet s:keepcpo
+
+let b:current_syntax = "krl"
+" }}} Finish
+
+" vim:sw=2 sts=2 et fdm=marker

runtime/syntax/lua.vim

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 " Language:	Lua 4.0, Lua 5.0, Lua 5.1 and Lua 5.2
 " Maintainer:	Marcus Aurelius Farias <masserahguard-lua 'at' yahoo com>
 " First Author:	Carlos Augusto Teixeira Mendes <cmendes 'at' inf puc-rio br>
-" Last Change:	2012 Aug 12
+" Last Change:	2022 Mar 31
 " Options:	lua_version = 4 or 5
 "		lua_subversion = 0 (4.0, 5.0) or 1 (5.1) or 2 (5.2)
 "		default 5.2
@@ -319,6 +319,15 @@ elseif lua_version == 5
     syn match luaFunc /\<debug\.upvalueid\>/
     syn match luaFunc /\<debug\.upvaluejoin\>/
   endif
+  if lua_subversion >= 3
+    "https://www.lua.org/manual/5.3/manual.html#6.5
+    syn match luaFunc /\<utf8\.char\>/
+    syn match luaFunc /\<utf8\.charpattern\>/
+    syn match luaFunc /\<utf8\.codes\>/
+    syn match luaFunc /\<utf8\.codepoint\>/
+    syn match luaFunc /\<utf8\.len\>/
+    syn match luaFunc /\<utf8\.offset\>/
+  endif
 endif
 
 " Define the default highlighting.